Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-Q
x
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 29, 2015
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number: 001-33174
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
 
Delaware
16-1287774
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
968 James Street
Syracuse, New York
13203
(Address of principal executive office)
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (315) 424-0513  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
x
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
o
Smaller reporting company
o
(Do not check if smaller reporting company)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   ý
As of May 4, 2015 , Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. had 35,499,066 shares of its common stock, $.01 par value, outstanding.


Table of Contents

CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
QUARTER ENDED March 29, 2015
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
Item 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2
 
 
 
Item 3
 
 
 
Item 4
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1
 
 
 
Item 1A
 
 
 
Item 2
 
 
 
Item 3
 
 
 
Item 4
 
 
 
Item 5
 
 
 
Item 6

2

Table of Contents

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1—INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 
March 29, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash
$
24,287

 
$
21,221

Trade and other receivables
5,977

 
4,034

Inventories
6,760

 
7,785

Prepaid rent
1,570

 
3,164

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
5,312

 
3,009

Refundable income taxes

 
2,416

Deferred income taxes
1,642

 
1,642

Total current assets
45,548

 
43,271

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $211,304 and $206,448, respectively
179,325

 
179,383

Franchise rights, net of accumulated amortization of $84,297 and $83,184, respectively (Note 3)
101,787

 
102,900

Goodwill (Note 3)
17,793

 
17,793

Franchise agreements, at cost less accumulated amortization of $7,796 and $7,502, respectively
14,108

 
14,602

Favorable leases, net of accumulated amortization of $956 and $841, respectively (Note 3)
4,610

 
4,725

Deferred financing costs
3,290

 
3,399

Other assets
1,601

 
3,324

Total assets
$
368,062

 
$
369,397

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt (Notes 6 and 12)
$
1,293

 
$
1,272

Accounts payable
16,018

 
19,239

Accrued interest
6,467

 
2,170

Accrued payroll, related taxes and benefits
19,762

 
17,321

Accrued real estate taxes
4,241

 
4,908

Other liabilities
15,220

 
10,273

Total current liabilities
63,001

 
55,183

Long-term debt, net of current portion (Notes 6 and 12)
157,091

 
157,422

Lease financing obligations
1,202

 
1,202

Deferred income—sale-leaseback of real estate
14,660

 
15,108

Deferred income taxes
1,642

 
1,642

Accrued postretirement benefits
3,135

 
3,121

Unfavorable leases, net of accumulated amortization of $2,572 and $2,240, respectively (Note 3)
12,695

 
13,027

Other liabilities (Note 5)
17,037

 
16,157

Total liabilities
270,463

 
262,862

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, par value $.01; authorized 20,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding—100 shares

 

Voting common stock, par value $.01; authorized—100,000,000 shares, issued—35,499,066 and 35,222,667 shares, respectively, and outstanding—34,895,803 and 34,827,240 shares, respectively
349

 
348

Additional paid-in capital
137,986

 
137,647

Accumulated deficit
(40,238
)
 
(30,962
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(357
)
 
(357
)
Treasury stock, at cost
(141
)
 
(141
)
Total stockholders’ equity
97,599

 
106,535

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
368,062

 
$
369,397


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
3

Table of Contents

CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 29, 2015 AND MARCH 30, 2014
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29, 2015
 
March 30, 2014
Restaurant sales
$
193,170

 
$
151,453

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
Cost of sales
56,850

 
43,349

Restaurant wages and related expenses
63,312

 
50,937

Restaurant rent expense
14,424

 
11,438

Other restaurant operating expenses
32,492

 
26,025

Advertising expense
7,283

 
6,543

General and administrative (including stock-based compensation expense of $341 and $296, respectively)
11,596

 
10,267

Depreciation and amortization
10,005

 
8,758

Impairment and other lease charges (Note 4)
1,630

 
620

Other expense
40

 

Total operating expenses
197,632

 
157,937

Loss from operations
(4,462
)
 
(6,484
)
Interest expense
4,814

 
4,703

Loss before income taxes
(9,276
)
 
(11,187
)
Benefit for income taxes (Note 7)

 
(3,758
)
Net loss
$
(9,276
)
 
$
(7,429
)
Basic and diluted net loss per share (Note 11):
$
(0.27
)
 
$
(0.32
)
Shares used in computing net loss per share:
 
 
 
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
34,882,302

 
23,151,523

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(9,276
)
 
$
(7,429
)
Other comprehensive loss

 

Comprehensive loss
$
(9,276
)
 
$
(7,429
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
4

Table of Contents

CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 29, 2015 AND MARCH 30, 2014
(In thousands of dollars)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29, 2015
 
March 30, 2014
Cash flows provided from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(9,276
)
 
$
(7,429
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided from operating activities:
 
 
 
Loss on disposals of property and equipment
171

 
119

Stock-based compensation
341

 
296

Impairment and other lease charges
1,630

 
620

Depreciation and amortization
10,005

 
8,758

Amortization of deferred financing costs
257

 
251

Amortization of deferred gains from sale-leaseback transactions
(448
)
 
(450
)
Deferred income taxes

 
(3,790
)
Change in refundable income taxes
2,416

 
32

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities
9,384

 
1,944

Net cash provided from operating activities
14,480

 
351

Cash flows used for investing activities:
 
 
 
Capital expenditures:
 
 
 
New restaurant development
(18
)
 
(1,408
)
Restaurant remodeling
(8,792
)
 
(4,020
)
Other restaurant capital expenditures
(2,552
)
 
(1,283
)
Corporate and restaurant information systems
(704
)
 
(254
)
Total capital expenditures
(12,066
)
 
(6,965
)
Properties purchased for sale-leaseback
(697
)
 
(3,412
)
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions
1,808

 
1,621

Net cash used for investing activities
(10,955
)
 
(8,756
)
Cash flows provided from (used for) financing activities
 
 
 
Borrowings under senior credit facility

 
20,500

Repayments under senior credit facility

 
(18,750
)
Principal payments on capital leases
(311
)
 
(245
)
Financing costs associated with issuance of debt
(148
)
 

Net cash provided from (used for) financing activities
(459
)
 
1,505

Net increase (decrease) in cash
3,066

 
(6,900
)
Cash, beginning of period
21,221

 
8,302

Cash, end of period
$
24,287

 
$
1,402

Supplemental disclosures:
 
 
 
Interest paid on long-term debt
$
234

 
$
189

Interest paid on lease financing obligations
$
26

 
$
23

Accruals for capital expenditures
$
2,689

 
$
1,046

Income taxes refunded
$
2,416

 
$

Non-cash reduction of capital lease assets and obligation
$

 
$
1,055


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
5

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)



1. Basis of Presentation
Business Description. At March 29, 2015 Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. ("Carrols Restaurant Group" or the "Company") operated, as franchisee, 659 restaurants under the trade name “Burger King ®” in 15 Northeastern, Midwestern and Southeastern states.
Basis of Consolidation. Carrols Restaurant Group is a holding company and conducts all of its operations through Carrols Corporation (“Carrols”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary . The unaudited consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of Carrols Restaurant Group and its wholly-owned subsidiary Carrols. Any reference to “Carrols LLC” refers to Carrols’ wholly-owned subsidiary, Carrols LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Unless the context otherwise requires, Carrols Restaurant Group, Carrols and the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Carrols are collectively referred to as the “Company.” All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal Year. The Company uses a 52 - 53 week fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. The fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 contained 52 weeks. The three months ended   March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 each contained thirteen weeks.
Basis of Presentation. The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 have been prepared without an audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not include certain of the information and the footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited consolidated financial statements have been included. The results of operations for three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2014 . The December 28, 2014 consolidated balance sheet data is derived from those audited financial statements.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates include: accrued occupancy costs, insurance liabilities, evaluation for impairment of goodwill, long-lived assets and franchise rights and lease accounting matters. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Segment Information. Operating segments are components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company's chief operating decision maker currently evaluates the Company's operations from a number of different operational perspectives, however resource allocation decisions are made at a total-company basis. The Company derives all significant revenues from a single operating segment. Accordingly, the Company views the operating results of its Burger King restaurants as one reportable segment.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In determining fair value, the accounting standards establish a three level hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; and Level 3 inputs are unobservable and reflect the Company's own assumptions. Financial instruments include cash,

6

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The fair value of the Carrols Restaurant Group 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 is based on a recent trading value, which is considered Level 2, and at March 29, 2015 was approximately $159.4 million .
Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities are primarily used in the impairment analysis of long-lived assets and intangible assets. Long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. As described in Note 4, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $0.5 million and $0.2 million during the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 , respectively. Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment on the last day of the fiscal year, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise.
2. Acquisitions
During the year ended December 28, 2014, the Company acquired an aggregate of 123 restaurants from other franchisees, which we refer to as the "2014 acquired restaurants", in the following transactions:
Closing Date
 
Number of Restaurants
 
Purchase Price
 
Market Location
April 30, 2014
 
4

 
$
681

 
Fort Wayne, Indiana
June 30, 2014
 
4

 
3,819

(1)
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
July 22, 2014
 
21

 
8,609

 
Rochester, New York and Southern Tier of Western New York
October 8, 2014
 
30

 
20,330

(1)
Wilmington and Greenville, North Carolina
November 4, 2014
 
64

 
18,761

(2)
Nashville, Tennessee; Indiana and Illinois
 
 
123

 
$
52,200

 
 
(1)
The acquisitions on June 30, 2014 and October 8, 2014 included the purchase of one and twelve fee-owned properties, respectively. Ten of these fee-owned properties were sold in sale-leaseback transactions during the fourth quarter of 2014 for net proceeds of $12,961 and one property was sold in a sale-leaseback transaction at the beginning of the first quarter of 2015 for net proceeds of $1,123 .
(2)
In connection with the acquisition on November 4, 2014 , the Company entered into an agreement with BKC to remodel 46 of the restaurants acquired over a five-year period beginning in 2014.
The 2014 acquired restaurants contributed restaurant sales of $32.5 million in the first quarter of 2015 . It is impracticable to disclose net earnings for the post-acquisition period for the 2014 acquired restaurants as net earnings of these restaurants were not tracked on a collective basis due to the integration of administrative functions, including field supervision.
The pro forma impact on the results of operations for the 2014 acquisitions for the three months ended March 30, 2014 is included below. The pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions been consummated at the beginning of the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of any future consolidated operating results. The following table summarizes the Company's unaudited pro forma operating results:
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 30, 2014
Restaurant sales
$
182,545

Net loss
$
(6,462
)
Basic and diluted net loss per share
$
(0.28
)

7

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


This pro forma financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings or any transaction and integration costs related to the 2014 acquired restaurants.
3. Intangible Assets
Goodwill. The Company is required to review goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently, when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. If the determined fair value of goodwill is less than the related carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. The Company performs its annual impairment assessment as of the last day of its fiscal year and does not believe circumstances have changed since the last assessment date which would make it necessary to reassess its value. There were no goodwill impairment losses during the three months ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014 .
Franchise Rights. Amounts allocated to franchise rights for each acquisition of Burger King restaurants are amortized using the straight-line method over the average remaining term of the acquired franchise agreements plus one twenty -year renewal period.
The Company assesses the potential impairment of franchise rights whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If an indicator of impairment exists, an estimate of the aggregate undiscounted cash flows from the acquired restaurants is compared to the respective carrying value of franchise rights for each acquisition. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured by the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its fair value. No impairment charges were recorded related to the Company’s franchise rights for the three months ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014 .
Amortization expense related to franchise rights was $1.1 million and $1.0 million for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 , respectively. The Company expects annual amortization expense to be $4.7 million in 2015 and in each of the following five years.
Favorable and Unfavorable Leases. Amounts allocated to favorable and unfavorable leases are being amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining terms of the underlying lease agreements as a net reduction of restaurant rent expense.
The net reduction of rent expense related to the amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases was $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 , respectively. The Company expects the net annual reduction of rent expense to be $0.8 million in 2015 , $0.7 million in 2016 , 2017 and 2018 , $0.6 million in 2019 , and $0.6 million in 2020 .
4. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Other Lease Charges
The Company reviews its long-lived assets, principally property and equipment, for impairment at the restaurant level. If an indicator of impairment exists for any of its assets, an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows over the life of the primary asset for each restaurant is compared to that long-lived asset’s carrying value. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow, the Company then determines the fair value of the asset and if an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured by the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its fair value. For closed restaurant locations, the Company reviews the future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of the restaurant closure to the end of the remaining lease term and records a lease charge for the lease liabilities to be incurred, net of any estimated sublease recoveries.
The Company determined the fair value of restaurant equipment, for those restaurants reviewed for impairment, based on current economic conditions and the Company’s history of using these assets in the operation of its business. These fair value asset measurements rely on significant unobservable inputs and are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
 During the three months ended March 29, 2015 , the Company recorded other lease charges of $1.2 million associated with the closure of eight of the Company's restaurants in the first quarter of 2015 and asset impairment charges of $0.5 million , including $0.3 million of capital expenditures at previously impaired restaurants.

8

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


During the three months ended March 30, 2014 , the Company recorded other lease charges of $0.4 million associated with the closure of  one  of the Company's restaurants in the first quarter of 2014 and impairment charges of $0.2 million consisting of capital expenditures at previously impaired restaurants.
The following table presents the activity in the accrual for closed restaurant locations:
 
Three Months Ended
 
Year Ended
 
March 29, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
Balance, beginning of the period
$
1,721

 
$
1,466

Provisions for restaurant closures
1,170

 
724

Changes in estimates of accrued costs
(32
)
 
87

Payments, net
(251
)
 
(721
)
Other adjustments, including the effect of discounting future obligations
42

 
165

Balance, end of the period
$
2,650

 
$
1,721

5. Other Liabilities, Long-Term
Other liabilities, long-term, at March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014 consisted of the following:
 
March 29, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
Accrued occupancy costs
$
9,657

 
$
9,287

Accrued workers’ compensation and general liability claims
3,912

 
3,211

Deferred compensation
648

 
567

Long-term obligation to BKC for right of first refusal
753

 
939

Other
2,067

 
2,153

 
$
17,037

 
$
16,157

Accrued occupancy costs above include long-term obligations pertaining to closed restaurant locations, contingent rent, and accruals to expense operating lease rental payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
6. Long-term Debt
Long-term debt at March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014 consisted of the following:
 
March 29, 2015
 
December 28, 2014
Collateralized:
 
 
 
Carrols Restaurant Group 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes
$
150,000

 
$
150,000

Capital leases
8,384

 
8,694

 
158,384

 
158,694

Less: current portion
(1,293
)
 
(1,272
)
 
$
157,091

 
$
157,422

Senior Secured Second Lien Notes. On May 30, 2012, Carrols Restaurant Group issued $150.0 million of 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the "Notes") pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 30, 2012 governing such Notes. The Company repurchased and redeemed these Notes in the second quarter of 2015 as part of a refinancing. See Note 12 - Subsequent Events.
The Notes were payable on May 15, 2018. Interest was payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15. The Notes were guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiaries and were secured by second-priority liens on substantially

9

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets (including a pledge of all of the capital stock and equity interests of its subsidiaries).
The Notes were redeemable at the option of the Company in whole or in part at any time after May 15, 2015 at a price of 105.625% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed before May 15, 2016 , 102.813% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed after May 15, 2016 but before May 15, 2017 and 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed after May 15, 2017 . Prior to May 15, 2015 , the Company was able to redeem some or all of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of each note plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and a make-whole premium. In addition, the indenture governing the Notes also provided that the Company was able to redeem up to 35% of the Notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed before May 15, 2015.
The Notes were jointly and severally guaranteed, unconditionally and in full by the Company's subsidiaries which are directly or indirectly 100% owned by the Company. Separate condensed consolidating information is not included because the Company is a holding company that has no independent assets or operations. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Company or any of the guarantor subsidiaries to obtain funds from its respective subsidiaries. All consolidated amounts in the Company's financial statements are representative of the combined guarantors.
The indenture governing the Notes included certain covenants, including limitations and restrictions on the Company and all of its subsidiaries who were guarantors under such indenture to, among other things: incur indebtedness or issue preferred stock; incur liens; pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments; sell assets; agree to payment restrictions affecting certain subsidiaries; enter into transaction with affiliates; or merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of the Company's assets.
The indenture governing the Notes and the security agreement provided that any capital stock and equity interests of any of the Company's subsidiaries was to be excluded from the collateral to the extent that the par value, book value or market value of such capital stock or equity interests exceeded 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
The indenture governing the Notes contained customary default provisions, including without limitation, a cross default provision pursuant to which it was an event of default under the Notes and the indenture if there was a default under any indebtedness of the Company having an outstanding principal amount of $15.0 million or more which results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its stated maturity or was caused by a failure to pay principal when due. The Company was in compliance as of March 29, 2015 with the restrictive covenants of the indenture governing the Notes.
Senior Credit Facility. On May 30, 2012, the Company entered into a senior credit facility, which provides for aggregate revolving credit borrowings of up to $20.0 million (including $15.0 million available for letters of credit) maturing on May 30, 2017. The senior credit facility also provided for potential incremental borrowing increases of up to $25.0 million , in the aggregate. At March 29, 2015 , there were no revolving credit borrowings outstanding under the senior credit facility. On April 29, 2015 the Company amended its senior credit facility. See Note 12 - Subsequent Events.
On December 19, 2014 the Company entered into an amendment to the senior credit facility which revised certain financial ratios, including the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Adjusted Leverage Ratio (all as defined under the first amendment to the senior credit facility). Additionally, the amendment requires the Company to have no outstanding borrowings for a consecutive 30-day period during each trailing twelve month period.

10

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


Effective on December 19, 2014, borrowings under the senior credit facility bore interest at a rate per annum, at the Company’s option, of:
(i) the Alternate Base Rate plus the applicable margin of 2.50% to 3.25% based on the Company’s Adjusted Leverage Ratio, or
(ii) the LIBOR Rate plus the applicable margin of 3.50% to 4.25% based on the Company’s Adjusted Leverage Ratio.
At  March 29, 2015  the Company's LIBOR rate margin was  4.25%  based on the Company's Adjusted Leverage Ratio at that date.
The Company’s obligations under the senior credit facility are guaranteed by its subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, including a pledge of all of the capital stock and equity interests of its subsidiaries.
Under the senior credit facility, the Company will be required to make mandatory prepayments of borrowings in the event of dispositions of assets, debt issuances and insurance and condemnation proceeds (all subject to certain exceptions).
The senior credit facility contains certain covenants, including without limitation, those limiting the Company’s and its subsidiaries' ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, incur liens, sell or acquire assets or businesses, change the character of its business in all material respects, engage in transactions with related parties, make certain investments, make certain restricted payments or pay dividends. In addition, the senior credit facility requires the Company to meet certain financial ratios, including a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Adjusted Leverage Ratio (all as defined under the senior credit facility, as amended). The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the senior credit facility at March 29, 2015 .
The senior credit facility contains customary default provisions, including that the lenders may terminate their obligation to advance and may declare the unpaid balance of borrowings, or any part thereof, immediately due and payable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of customary defaults which include, without limitation, payment default, covenant defaults, bankruptcy type defaults, cross-defaults on other indebtedness, judgments or upon the occurrence of a change of control.
After reserving $12.0 million for letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility for workers’ compensation and other insurance policies, $8.0 million was available for revolving credit borrowings under the senior credit facility at March 29, 2015 .
7. Income Taxes
The benefit for income taxes for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 was comprised of the following:
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29, 2015
 
March 30, 2014
Current
$

 
$
32

Deferred
(3,739
)
 
(3,790
)
Valuation allowance
3,739

 

 
$

 
$
(3,758
)
The benefit for income taxes for the three months ended March 30, 2014 was derived using an estimated effective annual income tax rate for 2014 of 33.9% , which excluded any discrete tax adjustments.
The Company performed an assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of its deferred income tax assets at December 28, 2014 as required by ASC 740. Under ASC 740, the weight given to negative and

11

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


positive evidence is commensurate only to the extent that such evidence can be objectively verified. ASC 740 also prescribes that objective historical evidence, in particular the Company’s three-year cumulative loss position at December 28, 2014 , be given greater weight than subjective evidence, including the Company’s forecasts of future taxable income, which include assumptions that cannot be objectively verified. The Company determined, based on the required weight of that evidence under ASC 740, that a valuation allowance was needed for all of its net deferred income tax assets at December 28, 2014 . As a result, the Company recorded a valuation reserve of $24.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2014.
For the three months ended March 29, 2015 the Company increased its valuation reserve by $3.7 million for its incremental net deferred income tax assets in the period. Consequently,  the Company recorded no benefit from income taxes in the three months ended March 29, 2015 . At March 29, 2015 , the Company's valuation allowance on all its net deferred tax assets was $31.2 million , which included $3.5 million related to certain state net operating loss carryforwards.
The Company's federal net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2033 . As of March 29, 2015 , the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately  $40.8 million .
The estimation of future taxable income for federal and state purposes and the Company's ability to realize deferred tax assets can significantly change based on future events and operating results. Thus, recorded valuation allowances may be subject to future changes that could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that it will realize these deferred tax assets in the future, the Company will make an adjustment to the valuation allowance at that time.
The Company's policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014 , the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and no accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions. The tax years 2009 - 2014 remains open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. In 2014, the Company concluded an examination of its consolidated federal income tax return for the tax years 2009 through 2012. Although it is not reasonably possible to estimate the amount by which unrecognized tax benefits may increase within the next twelve months due to the uncertainties regarding the timing of any examinations, the Company does not expect unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months.
8. Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense in both the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 was $0.3 million . As of March 29, 2015 , the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to non-vested shares was approximately $3.5 million , which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted average vesting period for non-vested shares of 2.7 years. The Company expects to record an additional $1.1 million as compensation expense for the remainder of 2015 .
On January 15, 2015 , the Company granted 274,200 non-vested shares to officers of the Company. These shares vest and become non-forfeitable 25% per year and are being expensed over their four -year vesting period. On March 27, 2015 , the Company granted 11,905 non-vested shares to a new member of the board of directors of the Company. These shares vest and become non-forfeitable 20% per year and are being expensed over their five -year vesting period.

12

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


A summary of all non-vested shares activity for the three months ended March 29, 2015 was as follows:
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Price
Non-vested at December 28, 2014
395,427

 
$
6.68

Granted
286,105

 
8.15

Vested
(68,563
)
 
10.11

Forfeited
(9,706
)
 
6.18

Nonvested at March 29, 2015
603,263

 
$
6.99

The fair value of the non-vested shares is based on the closing price on the date of grant.
9. Commitments and Contingencies
Lease Guarantees. Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc. ("Fiesta"), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was spun-off in 2012 to the Company's stockholders. As of March 29, 2015 , the Company is a guarantor under 31 Fiesta restaurant property leases, with lease terms expiring on various dates through 2030, and is the primary lessee on five Fiesta restaurant property leases, which it subleases to Fiesta. The Company is fully liable for all obligations under the terms of the leases in the event that Fiesta fails to pay any sums due under the lease, subject to indemnification provisions of the Separation and Distribution Agreement entered into in connection with the spin-off of Fiesta.
The maximum potential amount of future undiscounted rental payments the Company could be required to make under these leases at March 29, 2015 was $36.5 million . The obligations under these leases will generally continue to decrease over time as these operating leases expire. No payments related to these guarantees have been made by the Company to date and none are expected to be required to be made in the future. The Company has not recorded a liability for these guarantees in accordance with ASC 460 - Guarantees as Fiesta has indemnified the Company for all such obligations and the Company did not believe it was probable it would be required to perform under any of the guarantees or direct obligations.
Litigation. The Company is a party to various litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters meet the disclosure or recognition standards, nor will they have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.
10. Transactions with Related Parties
In 2012, the Company issued to BKC 100 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock which is convertible into 9,414,580 shares of Carrols Restaurant Group Common Stock, which currently constitutes approximately 21.0% of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock on a fully diluted basis. As a result of the acquisition of restaurants from BKC in 2012, BKC has two representatives on the Company's board of directors.
Each of the Company's restaurants operates under a separate franchise agreement with BKC. These franchise agreements generally provide for an initial term of twenty years and currently have an initial franchise fee of fifty thousand dollars. Any franchise agreement, including renewals, can be extended at the Company's discretion for an additional 20 year term, with BKC's approval, provided that, among other things, the restaurant meets the current Burger King image standard and the Company is not in default under terms of the franchise agreement. In addition to the initial franchise fee, the Company generally pays BKC a monthly royalty at a rate of 4.5 % of sales. Royalty expense was $8.1 million and $6.3 million in the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 , respectively.
The Company is also generally required to contribute 4 % of restaurant sales from its Burger King restaurants to an advertising fund utilized by BKC for its advertising, promotional programs and public relations activities, and additional amounts for participation in local advertising campaigns in markets that approve such additional spending. Advertising expense related to BKC was $7.2 million and $6.4 million in the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 , respectively.

13

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


As of March 29, 2015 , the Company leased 303 of its restaurant locations from BKC and for 176 of these locations the terms and conditions of the lease with BKC are identical to those between BKC and the third-party lessor. Aggregate rent under these BKC leases for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 was $7.3 million and $6.4 million , respectively. The Company believes the related party lease terms have not been significantly affected by the fact that the Company and BKC are deemed related parties.
As of March 29, 2015 , the Company owed BKC $1.5 million associated with its purchase of BKC's right of first refusal in 20 states as part of the acquisition of restaurants from BKC in 2012 and $6.0 million related to the payment of advertising, royalties and rent, which is remitted on a monthly basis.
11. Net Loss per Share
The Company applies the two-class method to calculate and present net loss per share. The Company's non-vested share awards and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued to BKC contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends and are considered participating securities for purposes of computing net loss per share pursuant to the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net earnings are reduced by the amount of dividends declared (whether paid or unpaid) and the remaining undistributed earnings are then allocated to common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. However, as the Company incurred net losses for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 , and as those losses are not allocated to the participating securities under the two-class method, such method is not applicable for the aforementioned reporting periods.
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted net loss per share reflects additional shares of common stock outstanding, where applicable, calculated using the treasury stock method or the two-class method.
The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share:
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29, 2015
 
March 30, 2014
Basic and diluted net loss per share:
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(9,276
)
 
$
(7,429
)
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
34,882,302

 
23,151,523

Basic and diluted net loss per share
$
(0.27
)
 
$
(0.32
)
Common shares excluded from diluted net loss per share computation (1)
10,017,843

 
9,950,261

(1)
Shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and non-vested shares were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
12. Subsequent Events
On April 29, 2015, the Company issued $200 million of 8% senior secured second lien notes due 2022 (the "New Notes") and used a portion of the proceeds to repurchase all of its outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to a cash tender offer and related consent solicitation (or through a redemption of any such Notes not purchased in the tender offer) and to pay related fees and expenses. The Company will use the net proceeds from the sale of the New Notes for working capital and general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions and capital expenditures to remodel restaurants.
On April 29, 2015, the Company entered into an amendment to its senior credit facility to increase aggregate revolving credit borrowings by $10.0 million to $30.0 million (including an increase of $5.0 million to $20.0 million available for letters of credit). The amended senior credit facility has a five-year maturity, permits potential incremental increases in revolving credit borrowings of up to $25.0 million , subject to approval by the lenders, amends certain financial ratios which the Company must maintain and reduces the interest rate for revolving credit borrowings to, at

14

Table of Contents
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(in thousands of dollars except share and per share amounts)


the Company's option, (i) the alternate base rate plus the applicable margin of 2.0% to 2.75% based on the Company's total lease adjusted leverage ratio, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin of 3.0% to 3.75% based on the Company's total lease adjusted leverage ratio (all as defined under the amended senior credit facility).

15

Table of Contents

ITEM 2—MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Throughout this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we refer to Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. as “Carrols Restaurant Group” and, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, as “we”, “our” and “us” unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires. Any reference to “Carrols” refers to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Carrols Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires. Any reference to "Carrols LLC" refers to Carrols' wholly-owned subsidiary, Carrols LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
We use a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. The fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 contained 52 weeks and the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 each contained thirteen weeks. The current fiscal year will end January 3, 2016 and will contain 53 weeks.
Introduction
We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our direct and indirect subsidiaries and have no assets other than the shares of capital stock of Carrols, our direct wholly-owned subsidiary. The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (or "MD&A") is written to help the reader understand our company. The MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying financial statement notes appearing elsewhere in this report and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2014 . The overview provides our perspective on the individual sections of MD&A, which include the following:
Company Overview —a general description of our business and our key financial measures.
Recent and Future Events Affecting Our Results of Operations —a description of recent events that affect, and future events that may affect, our results of operations.
Operating Results from Operations —an analysis of our results of operations for the three months ended March 29, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 30, 2014 including a review of material items and known trends and uncertainties.
Liquidity and Capital Resources —an analysis of historical information regarding our sources of cash and capital expenditures, the existence and timing of commitments and contingencies, changes in capital resources and a discussion of cash flow items affecting liquidity.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies —an overview of accounting policies requiring critical judgments and estimates.
Effects of New Accounting Standards —a discussion of new accounting standards and any implications related to our financial statements.
Forward Looking Statement s—cautionary information about forward-looking statements and a description of certain risks and projections.

16

Table of Contents

Company Overview
We are one of the largest restaurant companies in the United States and have been operating restaurants for more than 50 years. We are the largest Burger King® franchisee in the United States, based on number of restaurants, and have operated Burger King restaurants since 1976. As of March 29, 2015 , we operated 659 Burger King restaurants in 15 states. During the year ended December 28, 2014 we acquired 123 Burger King restaurants in five separate transactions, which we refer to as the “2014 acquired restaurants”. On May 30, 2012, we acquired 278 restaurants from Burger King Corporation ("BKC"), which we refer to as the "2012 acquired restaurants", including BKC's assignment of its right of first refusal on franchisee restaurant sales in 20 states (the "ROFR"). As of March 29, 2015 we were operating all of the restaurants acquired in 2014 and 252 of the 2012 acquired restaurants. All of our other Burger King restaurants are referred to as our "legacy restaurants".
The following is an overview of the key financial measures discussed in our results of operations:
Restaurant sales consist of food and beverage sales at our restaurants, net of discounts and excluding sales tax collected. Restaurant sales are influenced by changes in comparable restaurant sales, menu price increases, acquisitions, new restaurant development and closures of restaurants. Restaurants, including restaurants we acquire, are included in comparable restaurant sales after they have been open for 12 months. For comparative purposes, the calculation of the changes in comparable restaurant sales is based on a 52-week year.
Cost of sales consists of food, paper and beverage costs including packaging costs, less purchase discounts. Cost of sales is generally influenced by changes in commodity costs, the mix of items sold and the effectiveness of our restaurant-level controls to manage food and paper costs.
Restaurant wages and related expenses include all restaurant management and hourly productive labor costs and related benefits, employer payroll taxes and restaurant-level bonuses. Payroll and related benefits are subject to inflation, including minimum wage increases and increased costs for health insurance, workers’ compensation insurance and federal and state unemployment insurance.
Restaurant rent expense includes base rent and contingent rent on our leases characterized as operating leases, the amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases and is reduced by the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions.
Other restaurant operating expenses include all other restaurant-level operating costs, the major components of which are royalty expenses paid to BKC, utilities, repairs and maintenance, real estate taxes and credit card fees.
Advertising expense includes all local marketing and promotional expenses including advertising payments to BKC based on a percentage of sales as required under our franchise agreements.
General and administrative expenses are comprised primarily of (1) salaries and expenses associated with corporate and administrative functions that support the development and operations of our restaurants, (2) legal, auditing and other professional fees and (3) stock-based compensation expense.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA . EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. EBITDA represents net loss from operations, before benefit for income taxes, interest expense and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as adjusted to exclude impairment and other lease charges, acquisition and integration costs and stock compensation expense. Restaurant-Level EBITDA represents loss from operations before general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, impairment and other lease charges and other income and expense.
We are presenting Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA because we believe that they provide a more meaningful comparison than EBITDA of our core business operating results, as well as with those of other similar companies. Additionally, we present Restaurant-Level EBITDA because it excludes the impact of general and administrative expenses and other income and expense which are not directly related to restaurant operations. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA, when viewed with

17

Table of Contents

our results of operations in accordance with GAAP and the accompanying reconciliations on page 23 , provide useful information about operating performance and period-over-period growth, and provide additional information that is useful for evaluating the operating performance of our core business without regard to potential distortions. Additionally, management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA permit investors to gain an understanding of the factors and trends affecting our ongoing cash earnings, from which capital investments are made and debt is serviced.
However, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA are not measures of financial performance or liquidity under GAAP and, accordingly, should not be considered as alternatives to net loss, loss from operations or cash flow from operating activities as indicators of operating performance or liquidity. Also, these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled captions of other companies. For a reconciliation between net loss and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and between Restaurant-Level EBITDA and loss from operations see page 23 .
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA have important limitations as analytical tools.  These limitations include the following:
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA do not reflect our capital expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments to purchase capital equipment;
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA do not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service principal or interest payments on our debt;
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets that we currently depreciate and amortize will likely have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA do not reflect the cash required to fund such replacements; and
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Restaurant-Level EBITDA do not reflect the effect of earnings or charges resulting from matters that our management does not consider to be indicative of our ongoing operations. However, some of these charges (such as impairment and other lease charges and acquisition and integration costs) have recurred and may reoccur.
Depreciation and amortization primarily includes the depreciation of fixed assets, including equipment, owned buildings and leasehold improvements utilized in our restaurants, the amortization of franchise rights resulting from our acquisitions of restaurants and the amortization of franchise fees paid to BKC.
Impairment and other lease charges are determined through our assessment of the recoverability of property and equipment and intangible assets by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered over their respective remaining lives through undiscounted future operating cash flows. A potential impairment charge is evaluated whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be fully recoverable. Lease charges are recorded for our obligations under the related leases for closed locations net of estimated sublease recoveries. At March 29, 2015 , there were $2.7 million of lease charges accrued for closed locations.
Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the "Notes"), amortization of deferred financing costs and revolving credit borrowings under our senior secured credit facility.

18

Table of Contents

Recent and Future Events Affecting our Results of Operations
Refinancing of Indebtedness
On April 29, 2015, we issued $200 million of 8% senior secured second lien notes due 2022 (the "New Notes") and used a portion of the net proceeds to repurchase all of our outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to a cash tender offer and related consent solicitation (or through a redemption of any such Notes that were not purchased in the tender offer) and to pay related fees and expenses. We expect the net proceeds of approximately $35 million will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, including any potential acquisitions and capital expenditures to remodel our restaurants.
In connection with these transactions, on April 15, 2015 we commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for all of our outstanding Notes. On April 29, 2015, $145.5 million of the Notes were accepted for payment and paid by us. On April 29, 2015, we called for the redemption of the $4.5 million of the Notes that were not tendered in the tender offer and irrevocably deposited with the trustee for the Notes an amount of funds sufficient to redeem such outstanding Notes. On April 29, 2015, we and the guarantors terminated our obligations under the Notes and under the indenture governing the Notes.
On April 29, 2015, we entered into an amendment to our senior credit facility to increase aggregate revolving credit borrowings by $10 million to $30.0 million (including an increase of $5.0 million to $20.0 million available for letters of credit). The amended senior credit facility has a five-year maturity, permits potential incremental increases in revolving borrowings of up to $25.0 million, subject to approval of the lenders, amends certain financial ratios which we must maintain and reduces the interest rate for revolving credit borrowings to, at our option, (i) the alternate base rate plus the applicable margin of 2.0% to 2.75% based on our total lease adjusted leverage ratio, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin of 3.0% to 3.75% based on our total lease adjusted leverage ratio (all as defined under the amended senior credit facility).
As a result of the refinancing in the second quarter of 2015, we expect interest expense for the remaining three quarters of 2015 to be approximately $0.7 million lower than in the last nine months of 2014.
See —"Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a discussion of the New Notes and our senior credit facility, as amended.
2014 Burger King Restaurant Acquisitions
In the second quarter of 2014 we exercised our ROFR on April 30, 2014 and acquired four Burger King® restaurants in the Fort Wayne, Indiana market for a cash purchase price of $0.7 million . In the third quarter we exercised our ROFR on June 30, 2014 and acquired four Burger King® restaurants in the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania market for a cash purchase price of $3.8 million which included one fee-owned property. Additionally, on July 22, 2014 , we acquired in a negotiated transaction 21 Burger King® restaurants located in the Rochester, NY market and in the Southern Tier region of western New York State for a cash purchase price of $8.6 million .
In the fourth quarter of 2014 we exercised our ROFR on October 8, 2014 and purchased 30 Burger King® restaurants in the Wilmington, North Carolina and Greenville, North Carolina markets for a cash purchase price of approximately $20.3 million , which included 12 fee-owned properties. Also on November 4, 2014 , we acquired in a negotiated transaction 64 Burger King® restaurants in or around the Nashville, TN, Springfield, IL, Terre Haute, IN, and Evansville, IN markets for a cash purchase price of $18.8 million . Ten of the thirteen fee-owned properties acquired in the 2014 acquisitions were sold in sale-leaseback transactions during the fourth quarter of 2014 and one in the first quarter of 2015 for total net proceeds of $14.1 million . The total fair value of fee-owned properties acquired in the five 2014 acquisitions was $16.0 million .

19

Table of Contents

The pro forma impact on the results of operations for the 2014 acquisitions is included below. The pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions been consummated at the beginning of the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of any future consolidated operating results. The following table summarizes our unaudited pro forma operating results:
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 30, 2014
Restaurant sales
$
182,545

Loss from operations
$
(5,517
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
5,575

2015 Capital Expenditures and Remodeling Commitment with BKC
On January 26, 2015, we entered into the First Amendment to Operating Agreement with BKC, in which we agreed to remodel to BKC's current 20/20 image a cumulative total of 329 restaurants by June 30, 2015, 410 restaurants by December 31, 2015 and 455 restaurants by December 31, 2016. In addition, in connection with our acquisition of 64 Burger King restaurants on November 4, 2014 we agreed to remodel 46 of these restaurants over the next five years beginning in 2014. As of March 29, 2015  we had remodeled a total of  312  restaurants to the 20/20 restaurant image.
In 2015, we anticipate that total capital expenditures will range from  $45 million to $50 million , although the actual amount of capital expenditures may differ from these estimates. Capital expenditures in 2015 are expected to include approximately  $32 million to $36 million  for remodeling a total of  80 to 90 restaurants to the BKC 20/20 image at an approximate average cost of $400,000 per restaurant, which includes $28,000 of discretionary investments in new kitchen equipment. We will continue to assess the number of restaurants we will remodel in 2015 in relation to our available capital resources and acquisition opportunities.
Future Restaurant Closures
We evaluate the performance of our restaurants on an ongoing basis including an assessment of the current and future operating results of the restaurant in relation to its cash flow and future occupancy costs, and with regard to franchise agreement renewals, the cost of required capital improvements. We may elect to close restaurants based on these evaluations.
In 2014 , we closed 13 restaurants excluding one restaurant relocated within its market area. In the first quarter of 2015 we closed 15 restaurants.
We currently anticipate that in 2015 we will close a total of 20 to 25 restaurants. Our determination of whether to close restaurants in the future is subject to further evaluation and may change.
We may incur impairment and other lease charges in the future from additional closures of underperforming restaurants. However, we do not believe that the future impact on Adjusted EBITDA from restaurant closures will be material, although there can be no assurance in this regard.
Valuation of Deferred Income Tax Assets
We performed an assessment of positive and negative evidence, including our three-year cumulative loss position, regarding the realization of our deferred income tax assets at December 28, 2014 and determined that a valuation allowance was needed for all of our net deferred income tax assets at December 28, 2014. As a result, we recorded a valuation reserve of $24.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2014.
For the three months ended March 29, 2015 we increased our valuation reserve by $3.7 million for our incremental net deferred income tax assets in the period. Consequently, we recorded no benefit from income taxes in the first quarter of 2015. At March 29, 2015 , our valuation allowance on all of our net deferred tax assets was $31.2 million , which included $3.5 million related to certain state net operating loss carryforwards.

20

Table of Contents

We believe that it is likely that our Federal net operating loss carryforwards, included in our deferred tax assets, will be utilized in the future as they do not begin to expire until 2033, although no assurance of this can be provided. However, the valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets is required based on the relevant accounting literature which does not permit us to consider our projection of future taxable income as more persuasive evidence than our recent operating losses when assessing recoverability.
As of March 29, 2015 , we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $40.8 million . As a result of the net deferred tax asset valuation allowance established in 2014, we do not anticipate recognizing any income tax expense or benefit in 2015.
We will continue to monitor and evaluate the positive and negative evidence considered in arriving at the above conclusion, in order to assess whether such conclusion remains appropriate in future periods.
Health Care Reform
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Act”) required businesses employing fifty or more full-time equivalent employees to offer health care benefits to those full-time employees beginning in January 2015, or be subject to an annual penalty. Those benefits must be provided under a health care plan which provides a certain minimum scope of health care services. The Act also limits the portion of the cost of the benefits which we can require employees to pay. Based on our initial enrollment experience in 2015, approximately 10% of our approximately 1,600 currently eligible hourly employees have opted for coverage under our medical plan. We estimate that our additional cost for health care coverage for our hourly employees, from the eligibility provisions of the Act, will range between $0.4 million and $0.5 million in 2015. In addition for 2015, we anticipate additional fee assessments under the Act of $0.9 million associated with our current health care coverage.
Results of Operations
Three Months Ended March 29, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended March 30, 2014
The following table sets forth, for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 , selected operating results as a percentage of total restaurant sales:
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29, 2015
 
March 30, 2014
Costs and expenses (all restaurants):
 
 
 
Cost of sales
29.4
%
 
28.6
%
Restaurant wages and related expenses
32.8
%
 
33.6
%
Restaurant rent expense
7.5
%
 
7.6
%
Other restaurant operating expenses
16.8
%
 
17.2
%
Advertising expense
3.8
%
 
4.3
%
General and administrative
6.0
%
 
6.8
%
Since the beginning of 2014 , we acquired 123 restaurants from other franchisees in five separate acquisitions and opened one new restaurant which was relocated within its market area. During the same period we closed 28 restaurants, excluding the relocated restaurant.
Restaurant Sales. Total restaurant sales in the first quarter of 2015 increased 27.5% to $193.2 million from $151.5 million in the first quarter of 2014 which included $32.5 million of sales from the 2014 acquired restaurants. Comparable restaurant sales in the first quarter of 2015 increased 8.4% due to an increase in customer traffic of 6.3% driven in part from effective promotions and favorable weather comparisons relative to the first quarter of 2014 in certain of our markets. Average check increased 2.1% due to year over year menu price increases in the first quarter of 2015 of approximately 2.3% . Comparable restaurant sales increased 6.8% at our legacy restaurants and increased 10.5% at our 2012 acquired restaurants.

21

Table of Contents

Operating Costs and Expenses (percentages stated as a percentage of total restaurant sales). Cost of sales increased to 29.4% in the first quarter of 2015 from 28.6% in the first quarter of 2014 due primarily to an 11% increase in beef commodity costs (0.8%) and increased promotional discounting (0.8%) partially offset by the effect of menu price increases and improvements in restaurant-level food and cash controls at our legacy and 2012 acquired restaurants.
Restaurant wages and related expenses decreased to 32.8% in the first quarter of 2015 from 33.6% in the first quarter of 2014 due primarily to leveraging fixed labor costs on higher sales volumes (0.6%) and lower workers compensation claims.
Other restaurant operating expenses decreased to 16.8% in the first quarter of 2015 from 17.2% in the first quarter of 2014 due primarily to lower utility costs (0.2%), lower general liability claims (0.1%) and the effect of higher sales volumes on fixed operating costs.
Advertising expense decreased to 3.8% in the first quarter of 2015 from 4.3% in the first quarter of 2014 due to reduced spending for additional local advertising in many of our markets.
Restaurant rent expense decreased to 7.5% in the first quarter of 2015 from 7.6% in the first quarter of 2014 due primarily to the closure of 28 restaurants with lower sales volumes since the beginning of the first quarter of 2014 and the effect of higher sales volumes in the first quarter of 2015 on fixed rental costs.
Restaurant-Level EBITDA. As a result of the factors above and the acquisition of 123 restaurants in 2014, Restaurant-Level EBITDA increased 42.9% , or $5.6 million , to $18.8 million in the first quarter of 2015 . For a reconciliation between Restaurant-Level EBITDA and loss from operations see page 23 .
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
March 29, 2015
 
% (1)
 
March 30, 2014
 
% (1)
Restaurant Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legacy restaurants
 
$
88,174

 
 
 
$
83,912

 
 
2012 acquired restaurants
 
72,456

 
 
 
67,541

 
 
2014 acquired restaurants
 
32,540

 
 
 

 
 
Total
 
$
193,170

 
 
 
$
151,453

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restaurant-Level EBITDA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legacy restaurants
 
$
10,176

 
11.5
%
 
$
9,287

 
11.1
%
2012 acquired restaurants
 
6,765

 
9.3
%
 
3,874

 
5.7
%
2014 acquired restaurants
 
1,868

 
5.7
%
 

 
 
Total
 
$
18,809

 
9.7
%
 
$
13,161

 
8.7
%
(1) Restaurant-Level EBITDA margin is calculated as a percentage of restaurant sales for each respective group of restaurants.
Restaurant-Level EBITDA margin increased for our legacy restaurants due primarily to a comparable restaurant sales increase in the first quarter of 2015 of 6.8% partially offset by higher beef costs. Restaurant-Level EBITDA margin increased 3.6% for our 2012 acquired restaurants due to a comparable restaurant sales increase of 10.5% in the first quarter of 2015 and improvements in food and cash controls, which helped mitigate higher beef costs. Cost of sales, as a percentage of restaurant sales, was 29.3% in the first quarter of 2015 at both our legacy and 2012 acquired restaurants. In addition we have closed 19 underperforming 2012 acquired restaurants since the beginning of the first quarter of 2014. Restaurant-Level EBITDA margin for our 2014 acquired restaurants was lower in the first quarter of 2015 than our other restaurants due primarily to lower average restaurant sales volumes, higher costs of sales, as a percentage of restaurant sales, of 30.2% and higher repairs and maintenance expenses related to deferred maintenance prior to our ownership.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2015 to $11.6 million , however, as a percentage of total restaurant sales, decreased to 6.0% compared to

22

Table of Contents

6.8% in the first quarter of 2014 . The increase in total general and administrative expenses was due primarily to additional district manager salaries, travel costs and restaurant manager training costs related to the 2014 acquisitions partially offset by lower legal and professional fees and an insurance gain.
Adjusted EBITDA. As a result of the factors above, Adjusted EBITDA increased to $7.7 million in the first quarter of 2015 from $3.3 million in the first quarter of 2014 . For a reconciliation between net loss and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA see page 23 .
Depreciation and Amortization Expense . Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $10.0 million in the first quarter of 2015 from $8.8 million in the first quarter of 2014 due primarily to our remodeling initiatives in 2014 and 2015 and the 2014 acquisitions.
Impairment and Other Lease Charges . Impairment and other lease charges were $1.6 million in the first quarter of 2015 and were comprised of other lease charges of $1.2 million associated with the closure of eight restaurants in the first quarter of 2015 and asset impairment charges of $0.5 million , which included $0.3 million of capital expenditures at previously impaired restaurants.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $4.8 million in the first quarter of 2015 compared to $4.7 million in the first quarter of 2014 . The weighted average interest rate on our long-term debt, excluding lease financing obligations, was 11.25% in the first quarter of 2015 and 11.20% in the first quarter of 2014 .
Benefit for Income Taxes. Due to the valuation allowance on all of our deferred income tax assets discussed above, we did not record any benefit for income taxes in the first quarter of 2015. The benefit for income taxes for the first quarter of 2014 was derived using an estimated effective annual income tax rate for 2014 of 33.9% as we recorded a valuation allowance on our all of our deferred income tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2014.
Net Loss. As a result of the above, net loss for the first quarter of 2015 was $9.3 million , or $0.27 per diluted share, compared to a net loss in the first quarter of 2014 of $7.4 million , or $0.32 per diluted share.

23

Table of Contents

Reconciliations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and Restaurant-Level EBITDA to loss from operations are as follows:
 
Three Months Ended
Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:
March 29, 2015
 
March 30, 2014
Net loss
$
(9,276
)
 
$
(7,429
)
Benefit for income taxes

 
(3,758
)
Interest expense
4,814

 
4,703

Depreciation and amortization
10,005

 
8,758

EBITDA
5,543

 
2,274

Impairment and other lease charges
1,630

 
620

Acquisition and integration costs (1)
211

 
122

Stock-based compensation expense
341

 
296

Adjusted EBITDA
$
7,725

 
$
3,312

Reconciliation of Restaurant-Level EBITDA:
 
 
 
Restaurant-Level EBITDA
$
18,809

 
$
13,161

Less:
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses
11,596

 
10,267

Depreciation and amortization
10,005

 
8,758

Impairment and other lease charges
1,630


620

Other expense (income)
40



Loss from operations
$
(4,462
)
 
$
(6,484
)
(1)
Acquisition and integration costs for the periods presented include primarily legal and professional fees incurred in connection with the 2014 acquisitions.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We do not have significant receivables or inventory and receive trade credit based upon negotiated terms in purchasing food products and other supplies. We are able to operate with a substantial working capital deficit because:
restaurant operations are primarily conducted on a cash basis;
rapid turnover results in a limited investment in inventories; and
cash from sales is usually received before related liabilities for food, supplies and payroll are paid.

On April 29, 2015, we issued $200 million of New Notes and used a portion of the proceeds to repurchase all of the Notes tendered pursuant to a cash tender offer and the related consent solicitation (or through a redemption, repurchase or retirement of any such Notes that were not purchased in the tender offer) and to pay related fees and expenses. We will use the net proceeds from the sale of the New Notes of approximately $35 million for working capital and general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions and capital expenditures to remodel restaurants.

On April 29, 2015, we entered into an amendment to our senior credit facility to increase aggregate revolving credit borrowings by $10 million to $30.0 million (including an increase of $5.0 million to $20.0 million available for letters of credit). The amended senior credit facility has a five-year maturity, permits potential incremental increases in revolving credit borrowings of up to $25.0 million, subject to approval by the lenders, amends certain financial ratios which we must maintain and reduces the interest rate for revolving credit borrowings to, at our option, (i) the alternate base rate plus the applicable margin of 2.0% to 2.75% based on our total lease adjusted leverage ratio, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin of 3.0% to 3.75% based on our total lease adjusted leverage ratio (all as defined under the amended senior credit facility).

24

Table of Contents

Interest payments under our debt obligations, capital expenditures, including our commitment to BKC to remodel restaurants in 2015, payments of royalties and advertising to BKC and payments related to our lease obligations represent significant liquidity requirements for us as well as any discretionary expenditures for the acquisition of additional Burger King® restaurants. We believe that cash generated from the sale of the New Notes on April 29, 2015, cash generated from our operations and availability of revolving credit borrowings under our senior credit facility, as amended, will provide sufficient cash availability to cover our anticipated working capital needs, capital expenditures and debt service requirements for the next twelve months.
Operating Activities . Net cash provided from operating activities in the first three months of 2015 increased to $14.5 million from $0.4 million in the first three months of 2014 . The increase was due primarily to an increase in cash from changes in the components of net working capital of $9.8 million and an increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $4.4 million .
Investing Activities. Net cash used for investing activities in the first three months of 2015 and 2014 was $ 11.0 million and $ 8.8 million , respectively.
Capital expenditures are a large component of our investing activities and include: (1) new restaurant development, which may include the purchase of real estate; (2) restaurant remodeling, which includes the renovation or rebuilding of the interior and exterior of our existing restaurants, including expenditures associated with our commitment to BKC to remodel restaurants to the 20/20 image and franchise agreement renewals; (3) other restaurant capital expenditures, which include capital maintenance expenditures for the ongoing reinvestment and enhancement of our restaurants including expenditures, from time to time, to support BKC’s initiatives; and (4) corporate and restaurant information systems, including expenditures for our point-of-sale software for restaurants that we acquire.
The following table sets forth our capital expenditures for the periods presented (in thousands):
Three Months Ended March 29, 2015
 
 
New restaurant development
 
$
18

Restaurant remodeling
 
8,792

Other restaurant capital expenditures
 
2,552

Corporate and restaurant information systems
 
704

Total capital expenditures
 
$
12,066

Number of new restaurant openings
 

Three Months Ended March 30, 2014
 
 
New restaurant development
 
$
1,408

Restaurant remodeling
 
4,020

Other restaurant capital expenditures
 
1,283

Corporate and restaurant information systems
 
254

Total capital expenditures
 
$
6,965

Number of new restaurant openings (1)
 
1

  _____________
(1) Represents a restaurant which was relocated within the same market area under a new franchise agreement.
Investing activities in the first three months of 2015 also included $0.7 million for the purchase of an existing restaurant property that was sold in a sale-leaseback transaction in the first three months of 2015 and proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions of two restaurant properties of $1.8 million .
Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities in the first three months of 2015 was $0.5 million due primarily to principal payments on capital leases. Net cash provided by financing activities in the first three months of 2014 was $1.5 million which primarily related to revolving credit borrowings under our senior credit facility.
8% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes. The New Notes mature on May 1, 2022. Interest is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 commencing November 1, 2015. The New Notes are guaranteed by our material subsidiaries

25

Table of Contents

and are secured by second-priority liens on substantially all of our and our subsidiaries' assets (including a pledge of all of the capital stock and equity interests of our subsidiaries).
The New Notes are redeemable at our option in whole or in part at any time after May 1, 2018 at a price of 104% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed before May 1, 2019, 102% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed after May 1, 2019 but before May 1, 2020 and 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed after May 1, 2020. Prior to May 1, 2018, we may redeem some or all of the New Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of each New Note plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and a make-whole premium. In addition, the indenture governing the New Notes also provides that we may redeem up to 35% of the New Notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed before May 1, 2018.
The New Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed, unconditionally and in full by our material subsidiaries which are directly or indirectly 100% owned by us. Separate condensed consolidating information is not included because Carrols Restaurant Group is a holding company that has no independent assets or operations. There are no significant restrictions on our ability or any of the guarantor subsidiaries' ability to obtain funds from its respective subsidiaries. All consolidated amounts in our financial statements are representative of the combined guarantors.
The indenture governing the New Notes includes certain covenants, including limitations and restrictions on our and our subsidiaries who are guarantors under such indenture to, among other things: incur indebtedness or issue preferred stock; incur liens; pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments; sell assets; agree to payment restrictions affecting certain subsidiaries; enter into transaction with affiliates; or merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets.
The indenture governing the New Notes and the security agreement provide that any capital stock and equity interests of any of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral to the extent that the par value, book value or market value of such capital stock or equity interests exceeds 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding.
The indenture governing the New Notes contains customary default provisions, including without limitation, a cross default provision pursuant to which it is an event of default under the New Notes and the indenture governing the New Notes if there is a default under any of our indebtedness having an outstanding principal amount of $20.0 million or more which results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its stated maturity or is caused by a failure to pay principal when due.
Senior Credit Facility. Our obligations under the senior credit facility, as amended, are guaranteed by our subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries, including a pledge of all of the capital stock and equity interests of the subsidiaries.
Under the senior credit facility, we will be required to make mandatory prepayments of borrowings in the event of dispositions of assets, debt issuances and insurance and condemnation proceeds (all subject to certain exceptions). The senior credit facility contains certain covenants, including without limitation, those limiting our and our subsidiaries' ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, incur liens, sell or acquire assets or businesses, change the character of its business in all material respects, engage in transactions with related parties, make certain investments, make certain restricted payments or pay dividends. In addition, the senior credit facility, as amended, requires us to meet certain financial ratios, including the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Adjusted Leverage Ratio and the First Lien Coverage Ratio, all as defined under the amended senior credit facility.
The senior credit facility contains customary default provisions, including that the lenders may terminate their obligation to advance and may declare the unpaid balance of borrowings, or any part thereof, immediately due and payable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of customary defaults which include, without limitation, payment default, covenant defaults, bankruptcy type defaults, cross-defaults on other indebtedness, judgments or upon the occurrence of a change of control.
At March 29, 2015 there were no revolving credit borrowings outstanding under the senior credit facility. After reserving $12.0 million for letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility for workers’ compensation and other

26

Table of Contents

insurance policies, $8.0 million was available for revolving credit borrowings under the senior credit facility at March 29, 2015 . Giving effect to the amendment of the senior credit facility on April 29, 2015, $18.0 million would have been available for revolving credit borrowings at the end of the first quarter of 2015.
Contractual Obligations
A table of our contractual obligations as of December 28, 2014 was included in Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 . There have been no significant changes to our contractual obligations during the three months ended March 29, 2015 .
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements other than our operating leases, which are primarily for our restaurant properties and not recorded on our consolidated balance sheet.
Inflation
The inflationary factors that have historically affected our results of operations include increases in food and paper costs, labor and other operating expenses, the cost of providing medical and prescription drug insurance to our employees and energy costs. Wages paid in our restaurants are impacted by changes in the Federal and state hourly minimum wage rates. Accordingly, changes in the Federal and state hourly minimum wage rates directly affect our labor costs. We typically attempt to offset the effect of inflation, at least in part, through periodic menu price increases and various cost reduction programs. However, no assurance can be given that we will be able to offset such inflationary cost increases in the future.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Preparing consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. These estimates and assumptions are affected by the application of our accounting policies. Our significant accounting policies are described in the “Significant Accounting Policies” footnote in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 . Critical accounting estimates are those that require application of management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. There have been no material changes affecting our critical accounting policies previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 .

27

Table of Contents

Forward Looking Statements
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Statements that are predictive in nature or that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions are forward-looking statements. These statements are often identified by the words “may”, “might", “will”, “should”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “hope”, “plan” or similar expressions. In addition, expressions of our strategies, intentions or plans are also forward looking statements. These statements reflect management’s current views with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties, both known and unknown. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their date. There are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control. Investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those projected or implied in the forward-looking statements. We have identified significant factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated or implied in the forward-looking statements. We believe important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include the following, in addition to other risks and uncertainties discussed herein and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 :
Effectiveness of the Burger King® advertising programs and the overall success of the Burger King brand;
Increases in food costs and other commodity costs;
Competitive conditions;
Our ability to integrate any restaurants we acquire;
Regulatory factors;
Environmental conditions and regulations;
General economic conditions, particularly in the retail sector;
Weather conditions;
Fuel prices;
Significant disruptions in service or supply by any of our suppliers or distributors;
Changes in consumer perception of dietary health and food safety;
Labor and employment benefit costs, including the effects of healthcare reform;
The outcome of pending or future legal claims or proceedings;
Our ability to manage our growth and successfully implement our business strategy;
Our inability to service our indebtedness;
Our borrowing costs and credit ratings, which may be influenced by the credit ratings of our competitors;
The availability and terms of necessary or desirable financing or refinancing and other related risks and uncertainties;
The effect of our tax-free spin-off of Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc. in 2012, including any potential tax liability that may arise; and
Factors that affect the restaurant industry generally, including recalls if products become adulterated or misbranded, liability if our products cause injury, ingredient disclosure and labeling laws and regulations, reports of cases of food borne illnesses, and the possibility that consumers could lose confidence in the safety and quality of certain food products, as well as negative publicity regarding food quality, illness, injury or other health concerns.

28

Table of Contents

ITEM 3—QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
There were no material changes from the information presented in Item 7A included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2014 , as amended, with respect to our market risk sensitive instruments.
A 1% change in interest rates would have resulted in no change to interest expense for the three months ended March 29, 2015 and a nominal change to interest expense for the three months ended March 30, 2014 .
ITEM 4—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures . Our senior management is responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures . We have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as other key members of our management. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 29, 2015 .
No change occurred in our internal control over financial reporting during the first quarter of 2015 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
PART II—OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.    Legal Proceedings
None.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Part I-Item 1A of Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 describes important factors that could materially adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition or results of operations or cause our operating results to differ materially from those indicated or suggested by forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-Q or presented elsewhere by management from time-to-time. There have been no material changes from the risk factors previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 .
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
None
Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities
None
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable

29

Table of Contents

Item 5. Other Information
None
Item 6. Exhibits
(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.
Exhibit No.
 
  
4.1
 
Indenture governing the 8% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022, dated as of April 29, 2015, among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee
4.2
 
Form of 8% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1)
4.3
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
4.4
 
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2015, among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee
10.1
 
Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as collateral agent
10.2
 
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein, the lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
31.1
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Certificate Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
31.2
 
Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
32.1
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Certificate Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
32.2
 
Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

30

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
 
 
Date: May 6, 2015
/s/ Daniel T. Accordino
 
(Signature)
 
Daniel T. Accordino
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Date: May 6, 2015
/s/ Paul R. Flanders
 
(Signature)
 
Paul R. Flanders
Vice President – Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

31
EXHIBIT 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION














CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.,
as Issuer

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,
as Guarantors

____________________

8.00% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES DUE 2022
____________________

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF APRIL 29, 2015
____________________

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee





TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.1
Definitions.
1

SECTION 1.2
Other Definitions.
26

SECTION 1.3
Rules of Construction.
27

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES
SECTION 2.1
Form and Dating.
27

SECTION 2.2
Execution and Authentication.
29

SECTION 2.3
Registrar; Paying Agent.
29

SECTION 2.4
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
29

SECTION 2.5
Holder Lists.
30

SECTION 2.6
Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities.
30

SECTION 2.7
Replacement Notes.
33

SECTION 2.8
Outstanding Notes.
33

SECTION 2.9
Treasury Notes.
34

SECTION 2.10
Temporary Notes.
34

SECTION 2.11
Cancellation.
34

SECTION 2.12
Defaulted Interest.
34

SECTION 2.13
Record Date.
34

SECTION 2.14
Computation of Interest.
34

SECTION 2.15
CUSIP Number.
35

SECTION 2.16
Special Transfer Provisions.
35

SECTION 2.17
Issuance of Additional Notes.
36


ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
SECTION 3.1
Notices to Trustee.
37

SECTION 3.2
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
37

SECTION 3.3
Notice of Redemption.
37

SECTION 3.4
Effect of Notice of Redemption.
38

SECTION 3.5
Effect of Notice of Redemption.
38

SECTION 3.6
Notes Redeemed in Part.
38

SECTION 3.7
Optional Redemption.
38

SECTION 3.8
Mandatory Redemption.
39

SECTION 3.9
Offer to Purchase.
39

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS
SECTION 4.1
Payment of Notes.
40

SECTION 4.2
Maintenance of Office or Agency.
40

SECTION 4.3
Provision of Financial Information.
40


-i-
        

Page

SECTION 4.4
Compliance Certificate.
41

SECTION 4.5
Taxes.
41

SECTION 4.6
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
41

SECTION 4.7
Limitation on Restricted Payments.
42

SECTION 4.8
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
44

SECTION 4.9
Limitation on Incurrence of Debt.
45

SECTION 4.10
Limitation on Asset Sales
48

SECTION 4.11
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
50

SECTION 4.12
Limitation on Liens.
51

SECTION 4.13
Maintenance of Property and Insurance.
51

SECTION 4.14
Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control.
51

SECTION 4.15
Corporate Existence.
52

SECTION 4.16
[Reserved]
52

SECTION 4.17
Additional Note Guarantees.
52

SECTION 4.18
Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
53

SECTION 4.19
Further Assurances.
53

SECTION 4.20
Additional Interest Notice.
54

SECTION 4.21
Suspension of Certain Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status.
54

ARTICLE V
SUCCESSORS
SECTION 5.1
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease.
55

SECTION 5.2
Successor Person Substituted.
56

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.1
Events of Default.
56

SECTION 6.2
Acceleration.
58

SECTION 6.3
Other Remedies.
58

SECTION 6.4
Waiver of Past Defaults.
59

SECTION 6.5
Control by Majority.
59

SECTION 6.6
Limitation on Suits.
59

SECTION 6.7
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
59

SECTION 6.8
Collection Suit by Trustee.
59

SECTION 6.9
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
60

SECTION 6.10
Priorities.
60

SECTION 6.11
Undertaking for Costs.
60

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.1
Duties of Trustee.
61

SECTION 7.2
Rights of Trustee.
62

SECTION 7.3
Individual Rights of Trustee.
63

SECTION 7.4
Trustee’s Disclaimer.
63

SECTION 7.5
Notice of Defaults.
63

SECTION 7.6
Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
63

SECTION 7.7
Compensation and Indemnity.
63


-ii-
        

Page

SECTION 7.8
Replacement of Trustee or Collateral Agent.
64

SECTION 7.9
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
65

SECTION 7.10
Eligibility; Disqualification.
65

SECTION 7.11
Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
66

SECTION 7.12
Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer.
66

SECTION 7.13
Limitation of Liability.
66

SECTION 7.14
Collateral Agent.
66

SECTION 7.15
Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent.
66

SECTION 7.16
Limitation on Duty of Trustee and Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification.
67

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.1
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
68

SECTION 8.2
Legal Defeasance.
68

SECTION 8.3
Covenant Defeasance.
68

SECTION 8.4
Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
69

SECTION 8.5
Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
70

SECTION 8.6
Repayment to Issuer.
70

SECTION 8.7
Reinstatement.
70

SECTION 8.8
Discharge.
71

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
SECTION 9.1
Without Consent of Holders of the Notes.    
71

SECTION 9.2
With Consent of Holders of Notes.
72

SECTION 9.3
Revocation and Effect of Consents.
74

SECTION 9.4
Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
74

SECTION 9.5
Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
74

ARTICLE X

SECURITY
SECTION 10.1
Security Documents; Additional Collateral.
74

SECTION 10.2
Recording, Registration and Opinions.
75

SECTION 10.3
Releases of Collateral.
75

SECTION 10.4
Form and Sufficiency of Release.
76

SECTION 10.5
Possession and Use of Collateral.
76

SECTION 10.6
Purchaser Protected.
76

SECTION 10.7
Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the
     Security Documents.
76

SECTION 10.8
Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the
      Security Agreement.
77

SECTION 10.9
Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent.
77

SECTION 10.10
Appointment and Authorization of The Bank of New York
     Mellon Trust Company, N.A. Trust as Collateral Agent.
77


-iii-
        

Page


ARTICLE XI

NOTE GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.1
Note Guarantees.
77

SECTION 11.2
Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.
78

SECTION 11.3
Severability.
79

SECTION 11.4
Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability.
79

SECTION 11.5
Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.
79

SECTION 11.6
Release of a Guarantor.
80

SECTION 11.7
Benefits Acknowledged.
80

SECTION 11.8
Future Guarantors.
80

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.1
Notices.
81

SECTION 12.2
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
82

SECTION 12.3
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
82

SECTION 12.4
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
82

SECTION 12.5
Rules by Trustee and Agents.
83

SECTION 12.6
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
83

SECTION 12.7
Governing Law.
83

SECTION 12.8
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
83

SECTION 12.9
Successors.
83

SECTION 12.10
Severability.
83

SECTION 12.11
Counterpart Originals.
83

SECTION 12.12
Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
83

SECTION 12.13
Acts of Holders.
84

SECTION 12.14
Intercreditor Agreement.
84

SECTION 12.15
Patriot Act.
84

SECTION 12.16
Tax Matters.
85


        
    
    


-iv-
        



EXHIBITS
Exhibit A
FORM OF 8.00% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTE
Exhibit B
FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE
Exhibit C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A
Exhibit D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S
Exhibit E
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE IN RESPECT OF GUARANTEE
    
    
    
    
    



-v-
        



This Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2015, is by and among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity and not in its individual capacity, the “ Trustee ”).
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (i) the Issuer’s 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022 issued on the date hereof that contain the restrictive legend in Exhibit A (the “ Initial Notes ”), (ii) Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (as defined herein) without the restrictive legends in Exhibit A (the “ Exchange Notes ”) and (iii) Additional Notes (as defined herein) issued from time to time (together with the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes, the “ Notes ”).
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.1     Definitions .
2014 Acquisitions ” means the acquisition of 123 Burger King restaurants in five separate transactions in 2014 as described in the Offering Memorandum.
Acquired Debt ” means Debt of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.
Additional Interest ” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
Additional Notes ” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued pursuant to Article II hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture.
Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings that correspond to the foregoing.
Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent (so long as Trustee serves in such capacity) or co-registrar.
Applicable Premium ” means, as calculated by the Issuer, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:
(1)    1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and
(2)    the excess of:
(a)    the present value at such redemption date of (i) the Redemption Price of the Note at May 1, 2018 (such Redemption Price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.7(b)) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through May 1, 2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b)    the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

    



Asset Acquisition ” means:
(i)    an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(ii)    the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.
Asset Sale ” means (x) any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than to the Issuer or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of transactions of:
(i)    Capital Interests in another Person (other than Capital Interests in the Issuer or directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to local law); or
(ii)    any other property or assets (other than in the normal course of business, including any sale or other disposition of obsolete or permanently retired equipment and any sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business); or
(y)    an Event of Loss;
provided , however , that the term “Asset Sale” shall exclude:
(a)    any asset disposition permitted by Section 5.1 that constitutes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(b)    any single transaction or series of related transactions that involve the sale of assets or sale of Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million;
(c)    sales or other dispositions of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents;
(d)    sales of interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(e)    the sale and leaseback of any assets (other than Real Property that is acquired for the purpose of serving as a restaurant) within 180 days of the acquisition thereof;
(f)     the sale and leaseback of any Real Property that is acquired for the purpose of serving as a restaurant within 365 days of the acquisition thereof;
(g)    the disposition of assets that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors or management of the Issuer, are no longer used or useful in the business of such entity;
(h)    a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
(i)    the sale or lease of equipment or inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(j)    the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien);

-2-
        



(k)    leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;
(l)    dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;
(m)    licensing of intellectual property in accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, pursuant to any franchise agreements; or
(n)    an issuance of Capital Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary.
For purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions that, if effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected.
Asset Sale Offer ” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 to all Holders.
Average Life ” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment requirements) of such Debt multiplied by (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.
Bank Lender ” means any lender or holder of Debt under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
Bank Product ” means any services or facilities provided to the Issuer or any Guarantor by the First Lien Agent, any Bank Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates including, without limitation, Hedging Obligations.
Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
Board of Directors ” means (i) with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, its board of directors or, other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to any other corporation, the board of directors of such corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (iii) with respect to any other entity, the board of directors or similar body of the general partner or managers of such entity or any duly authorized committee thereof.
Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.
Burger King Corporation ” means Burger King Corporation, a Florida corporation.
Burger King Rights ” means the rights (if any) of Burger King Corporation under each Franchise Agree-ment, pursuant to which Burger King Corporation shall be entitled to: (a) prior written notice of any sale of all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; (b) a right of first refusal to pur-chase all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or of all or substantial-ly all of the assets of a restaurant subject to a Franchise Agreement in connection with a sale thereof; (c) prior ap-proval of any sale of all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) prior written consent of the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or give-away of substantially all of the assets of

-3-
        



any restaurant subject to a Franchise Agreement; in each case to the extent set forth in a legally binding Franchise Agreement.
Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
Capital Interests ” in any Person means any and all shares, interests (including preferred interests, restrict-ed stock interests and stock options, warrants and other convertible instruments), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person and any rights (other than Debt securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest in such Person.
Capital Lease Obligations ” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for finan-cial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.12, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased.
Certificated Notes ” means Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
Carrols Officer ” means each of Daniel T. Accordino, Paul R. Flanders, Timothy J. LaLonde, William E. Myers, Richard Cross and Gerald DiGenova.
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i)    the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, that is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (i) such person or group or Permitted Holder shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securi-ties, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Interests in the Issuer; or
(ii)    the Issuer sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any Person (other than a Person that is controlled by any of the Permitted Holders), or the Issuer consolidates with or merges into another Person or any Person consolidates with or merges into the Issuer other than pursuant to a transaction in which the holders of the Voting Interests in the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Interests of the surviving corporation im-mediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction.
Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Collateral ” means all of the assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to be granted) as security for any Obligations pursuant to the Notes and the Note Guarantees and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including proceeds and products thereof).
Collateral Agent ” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking associ-ation.
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

-4-
        



Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income:
(i)    Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or losses); plus
(ii)    the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
(iii)    the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and other Consolidated Non-cash Charges, including straight line rent expense and pension expense, to the extent non-cash; plus
(iv)    Preopening Costs associated with new restaurant store openings, not to exceed $300,000 in the aggregate per restaurant; plus
(v)    non-capitalized expenses relating to restaurant remodels, not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate in any four-quarter period; plus
(vi)    the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken (in the good faith determination of the Issuer) or which are expected to be realized within 12 months of the date thereof in connection with acquisitions and mergers and cost saving, restructuring and other similar initiatives (which cost savings shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized during such period from such actions); provided that such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (which adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to this definition and the definitions of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and “Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio”); provided , further , that the aggregate amount of add backs made pursuant to this clause (vi) for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (vi)); plus
(vii)    losses, expenses and charges related to the closure of a restaurant during a restaurant remodel of $15,000 in the aggregate per restaurant; plus
(viii)    any non-recurring fees, charges or other expenses made or incurred in connection with any acquisition or investment (including the 2014 Acquisitions), including as it relates to the integration of such acquisition or investment with such Person’s business; minus
(ix)    non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income, other than (a) the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business and (b) reversals of prior accruals or reserves for cash items previously excluded in computing depreciation, amortization or Consolidated Non-cash Charges.
In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, “Consolidated EBITDA” shall be calculated after giving effect, on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, investments (including the 2014 Acquisitions) and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and designations of any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale (including any associated repayment of Debt) or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any associated Acquired Debt), investment (including the 2014 Acquisitions), disposed operation or designation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this

-5-
        



definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.
Consolidated EBITDAR ” means, with respect to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period plus Net Rent.
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in respect thereof is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the “ Transaction Date ”) giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the “ Four-Quarter Period ”) to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four-Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect, on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, investments and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and designations of any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale (including any associated repayment of Debt) or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any associated Acquired Debt), investment (including the 2014 Acquisitions), disposed operation or designation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.
The Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt being Incurred (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period; provided that for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the aggregate outstanding amount under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be based on the average daily outstanding principal balance under such facility during the applicable Four-Quarter Period. Furthermore, interest on Debt determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of these agreements.
If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.
Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period of:
(i)    Consolidated Interest Expense; and
(ii)    the product of (a) all dividends and other distributions paid or accrued during such period in respect of Redeemable Capital Interests of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.
Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for or benefit from federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and state franchise taxes of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

-6-
        



(i)    the interest expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation:
(a)    any amortization of debt discount;
(b)    the net cost under non-speculative Hedging Obligations (including any amortization of discounts);
(c)    the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;
(d)    all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance financing or similar activities; and
(e)    all accrued interest; plus
(ii)    the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; plus
(iii)    the interest expense on any Debt guaranteed by such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries; plus
(iv)    all capitalized interest of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;
provided , however , that Consolidated Interest Expense will exclude the amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses.
Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (1) the aggregate amount of Secured Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Transaction Date (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) plus 8.0x Net Rent for the Four-Quarter Period to (2) Consolidated EBITDAR for the Four-Quarter Period.
In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Secured Debt” and “Net Rent” shall be calculated after giving effect, on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, investments (including the 2014 Acquisitions) and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and designations of any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale (including any associated repayment of Debt) or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any associated Acquired Debt), investment (including the 2014 Acquisitions), disposed operation or designation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.
The Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt being Incurred (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period; provided that for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio, the aggregate outstanding amount under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be based on the average daily outstanding principal balance under such facility during the applicable Four-Quarter Period. Furthermore, interest on Debt determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of these agreements.

-7-
        



Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by excluding, without duplication:
(a)    all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income, expenses or charges;
(b)    the portion of net income of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries allocable to minority interest in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not or could not have been actually been received by such Person or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(c)    gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales after the Issue Date by such Person or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis;
(d)    solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7, the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;
(e)    any fees and expenses, including deferred finance costs, paid in connection with the consummation of the Transactions;
(f)    non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of equity interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
(g)    any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities (excluding any indebtedness for money borrowed having a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person but which by its terms is renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from such date at the option of such Person) and (b) all goodwill, trade names, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and any other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and computed in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate non-cash charges and expenses of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding depreciation and amortization and excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period and including any non-cash charges relating to abandonment of assets or reserves related thereto).
In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Secured Debt” and “Consolidated EBITDAR” shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if any such Secured Debt being Incurred (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Secured Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period.

-8-
        



If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.
Corporate Trust Office ” means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., 525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the Hold-ers and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such suc-cessor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).
Credit Facility ” means one or more debt facilities, including the Revolving Credit Agreement or other fi-nancing arrangements (including without limitation commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolv-ing credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other indebtedness, including any notes, Guarantees, collateral docu-ments, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, replaced (whether or not upon termination and whether with the original lenders, institutional investors or otherwise), refinanced (including through the issuance of debt securities), restructured or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement (and related document) governing Debt incurred to refinance, in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Cred-it Facility or a successor Credit Facility, whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders (or insti-tutional investors).
Debt ” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following, if and to the extent the following items (other than clauses (iii), (vi), (vii) and (viii) below) would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property which is due and payable in accordance with the agreement governing such purchase and which is not paid on the date due and payable (excluding any trade payables, trade accounts payable or other current liabili-ties incurred in the ordinary course of business, accrued expenses and any obligations to pay a contingent purchase price as long as such obligation remains contingent); (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, deben-tures, notes, or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are secured by cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents), bankers’ ac-ceptances or similar facilities (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar facilities securing obligations (other than obligations described under (i) and (ii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit and banker’s acceptances or similar facilities are not drawn upon, or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar facility; (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person which is due and payable in accordance with the agreement governing such purchase and which is not paid on the date due and payable (excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, deemed expenses and excluding any obligations to pay a contingent purchase price as long as such obligation re-mains contingent, subject to the penultimate paragraph of this definition); (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person (but excluding obligations under operating leases); (vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Capital Interests in such Person at the time of determination (but excluding any accrued dividends); (vii) net Obligations under any Hedging Obligations of such Person at the time of determination; and (viii) all obli-gations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of this definition of another Person and all dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed or (B) is secured by any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt, dividends or other distributions. For purposes of the foregoing: (a) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Redeemable Capital Interests that do not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Interests as if such Redeemable Capital In-terests were repurchased on any date on which Debt shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided , however , that, if such Redeemable Capital Interests are not then permitted to be repurchased, the repur-chase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Capital Interests; (b) the amount outstanding at any time of any Debt issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized

-9-
        



portion of the original issue discount of such Debt at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Debt shall be deemed Incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof; (c) the amount of any Debt described in clause (viii)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee; (d) the amount of any Debt described in clause (viii)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the obligations so secured and (II) the Fair Market Value of such property or other assets; and (e) interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Debt.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the term “Debt” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided , however , that such amount would not be required to be reflected as a liability on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above; provided , however , that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.
Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.
Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.
Designation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.
Designation Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.
Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and Collateral Agent, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by a vice president or the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
Discharge of First Lien Obligations ” means, subject to any reinstatement of First Lien Obligations in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, (a) payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest (including interest accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate provided for in the respective First Lien Document, whether or not such interest would be allowed in any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) and premiums, if any, of all First Lien Obligations under the First Lien Documents and termination of all commitments of the holders of the First Lien Obligations to lend or otherwise extend credit under the First Lien Documents, (b) payment in full in cash of all other First Lien Obligations (including letter of credit reimbursement obligations) due or otherwise owing at or prior to the time such principal, interest, and premiums are paid, (c) termination or cash collateralization (in an amount and manner, and on terms, reasonably satisfactory to the First Lien Agent) of all letters of credit issued or arranged under the First Lien Credit Documents and (d) termination, repayment or cash collateralization of all Bank Products in an amount, and on terms, reasonably satisfactory to the First Lien Agent (other than with respect to any Bank Products that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Lender or its Affiliates to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid or cash collateralized.)
DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York).
Eligible Bank ” means a bank or trust company that (i) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, or any state, territory or possession thereof, (ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition

-10-
        



of an Investment in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and (iii) the senior Debt of such bank or trust company is rated at least “A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s.
Eligible Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following Investments: (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits in and certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank; provided that such Investments have a maturity date not more than two years after date of acquisition and that the Average Life of all such Investments is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition; (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any Eligible Bank; (iv) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof; provided that such Investments mature, or are subject to tender at the option of the holder thereof within 365 days after the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, have a rating of at least A from Standard & Poor’s or A-2 from Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized rating agency); (v) commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Issuer; provided that such Investments have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s at the time of their acquisition and mature within 180 days after the date of acquisition; (vi) overnight and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances of any Eligible Bank and demand deposits in any bank or trust company to the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against the Bank Insurance Fund; (vii) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which comprise Investments of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above; and (viii) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above or funds equivalent to those referred to in clause (vii) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tender to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in jurisdictions outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, all as determined in good faith by the Issuer.
Equity Offering ” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer but only to the extent contributed to the Issuer or any successor to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital Interests, other than any public offerings registered on Form S-8, or (ii) a private equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer but only to the extent contributed to the Issuer or any successor to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital Interests.
Event of Loss ” means, with respect to any property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal) constituting Collateral, any of the following:
(i)    any loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset;
(ii)    any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain;
(iii)    any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset;
(iv)    any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or (iii) above; or
(v)    any loss as a result of a title event or claim against the title insurance company insuring such property.
Excess First Lien Obligations ” means the sum of (a) the portion of the principal amount of the loans outstanding under the First Lien Documents and the undrawn amount of outstanding letters of credit that is in excess of the Maximum First Lien Principal Debt, plus (b) the portion of interest and fees that accrues or is charged with re-

-11-
        



spect to that portion of the principal amount of the loans and letters of credit described in clause (a) of this definition.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Offer ” shall have the meaning as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Excluded Collateral ” shall have the meaning as defined in the Security Agreement.
Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any transaction or series of transactions, the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, or, in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $5.0 million, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee and Collateral Agent.
Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc. ” means Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
First Lien Agent ” means the collateral agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
First Lien Credit Documents ” means the Revolving Credit Agreement, the documentation governing each other Credit Facility (to the extent that such Credit Facility provides for or evidences First Lien Obligations), the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or any such other Credit Facility), and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any other First Lien Obligation and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any First Lien Obligation (including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of First Lien Obligations but excluding documents governing secured hedging and cash management obligations), to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time.
First Lien DIP Amount ” means, after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding $15.0 million.
First Lien Documents ” means the First Lien Credit Documents and any and all other documents governing the First Lien Obligations (including documents related to Bank Products).
First Lien Obligations ” means (i) all Obligations, and all letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued or arranged (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder), under the Revolving Credit Agreement or under any other document relating to the Revolving Credit Agreement, (ii) all Obligations under (and as defined in) any other Credit Facility and under any other document relating to such Credit Facility (to the extent that the Obligations under such Credit Facility are designated by the Issuer as “First Lien Obligations” for purposes of this Indenture), (iii) all Bank Products and (iv) including, after an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, Obliga-tions with respect to the First Lien DIP Amount; provided that Excess First Lien Obligations shall not constitute First Lien Obligations for purposes of this Indenture or First Lien Priority Indebtedness (as defined in the Intercredi-tor Agreement) for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement. “First Lien Obligations” shall in any event include: (a) all interest accrued or accruing, or which would accrue, absent commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (and the effect of provisions such as Section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), on or after the com-mencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in accordance with the rate specified in the relevant First Lien Document, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, (b) any and all fees and expenses (including attorneys’ or financial consultants’ fees and expenses) incurred by the First Lien Agent and the holders of the First Lien Obligations on or after the commence-ment of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, whether or not the claim for fees and expenses is allowed or al-lowable under Section 502 or 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, and (c) all obligations and liabilities of the Issuer and each Guarantor under each First Lien Document to which it is

-12-
        



a party which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due and payable.
Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
Four-Quarter Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
Franchise Agreements ” means all of the franchise agreements to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as a franchisee, whether entered into on, prior to or following the Issue Date, as the same may be from time to time amended, modified, supplemented or restated.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.
Global Note Legend ” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A hereto.
Global Notes ” means the Notes in global form that are in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
Guarantee ” means, as applied to any Debt of another Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the normal course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such Debt, (ii) any direct or indirect obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the effect of guaranteeing the Debt of any other Person in any manner and (iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such Debt of another Person (and “Guaranteed” and “Guaranteeing” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing).
Guarantor ” means any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and their respective successors and assigns.
Hedging Obligation ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to (1) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, (2) agreements or arrangements to manage fluctuations in currency exchange rates or (3) any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.
Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the security register.
Incur ” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by con-version, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other ob-ligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person. Debt otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be deemed to be Incurred at the time at which such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer. “ Incurrence ,” “ In-curred ,” “ Incurrable ” and “ Incurring ” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. A Guarantee by any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be a separate Incurrence of Debt. In addition, the following shall not be deemed a separate Incurrence of Debt:
(i)    accrual of interest, amortization or accretion of debt discount or accretion of principal;
(ii)    the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Debt of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Interests in the form of additional

-13-
        



Capital Interests of the same class and with the same terms or the accretion or accumulation of dividends on any Capital Interests;
(iii)    the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Debt arising in connection with the issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Debt; and
(iv)    unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations.
Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Initial Purchasers ” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Stephens Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means (a) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, (b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors or with respect to a material portion of its respective assets, (c) any liquidation, dissolution (other than as permitted by the Revolving Credit Agreement and related documents and this Indenture and Security Documents), reorganization or winding up of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (d) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors.
Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of May 30, 2012, as amended or amended and restated on the Issue Date or otherwise entered into on and dated as of the Issue Date, among the First Lien Agent and the Collateral Agent, as it may be further amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.
Investment ” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance (or other extension of credit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including, without limitation, the following: (i) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Interest or other evidence of beneficial ownership in another Person; and (ii) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the obligations of another Person or the issuance of a “keep-well” with respect thereto; but shall exclude: (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices; (b) the acquisition of property, assets and services from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business; and (c) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the normal course of business. Except as otherwise specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. The amount of Investment pursuant to a Designation under Section 4.18 shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with such covenant. If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Interests of any all other Investments in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of, which amount shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, any payments pursuant to any Guarantee previously incurred in compliance with this Indenture shall not be deemed to be Investments by any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries.
Investment Grade Status ” shall occur when the Notes receive each of the following:
(1)    a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P; and
(2)    a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s;

-14-
        



or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.
Issue Date ” means April 29, 2015.
Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.
Issuer Order ” means any written instruction by the Issuer and executed by an Officer of the Issuer.
Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date in a place of payment is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.
Lien ” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, easement, encumbrance or other security agreement on or with respect to such property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Maximum First Lien Principal Debt ” means Debt, including letters of credit, under the First Lien Credit Documents (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of Debt permitted under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” (as set forth in this Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date) plus, after an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, the First Lien DIP Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this definition only, Bank Products shall not be considered Debt under the First Lien Credit Documents.
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization ” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.
Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents received, net of: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Person incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP by such Person; (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; (iii) all payments made by such Person on any Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by the terms of such Lien or such Debt, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other than the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with such Asset Sale (other than in the case of Collateral, any Lien which does not rank prior to the Liens in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents); and (iv) all contractually required distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction; provided , however , that: (a) in the event that any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required by (I) contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or (II) GAAP to be reserved against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from escrow or otherwise; and (b) any non-cash consideration received in connection with any transaction, which is subsequently converted to cash, shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is so converted.

-15-
        



Net Rent ” means, for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate rent expense (excluding common area maintenance charges and taxes) for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period other than (1) rent expense under vehicle, machinery, airplane and other equipment leases, (2) Capitalized Lease Obligations and (3) synthetic lease obligations, minus rental income received from franchisees and third parties during such period including without limitation, pursuant to (i) leases of owned Real Property to franchisees and/or third parties, (ii) subleases to such franchisees or third parties, as the case may be, and (iii) leases that have been assigned to such franchisees or third parties, as the case may be, in which the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, remains liable for the payment of rent under such lease to the extent that rent payments are actually made, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Non-Recourse Debt ” means Debt:
(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Debt), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; and
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Debt (other than the Notes) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.
Note Custodian ” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.
Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture.
Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.
Obligations ” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accrued or accruing, or which would accrue, absent commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (and the effect of provisions such as Section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed or allowable under Section 502 or 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), penalties, fees, expenses (including fees and expenses incurred on or after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, whether or not the claim for such fees and expenses is allowed or allowable under Section 502 or 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), attorneys’ fees and, expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Debt.
Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
Offer to Purchase ” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Issuer to each Holder at his address ap-pearing in the security register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five business days after the Expiration Date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obli-gation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be sent by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request and provision

-16-
        



of such Offer information, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:
(i)    the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;
(ii)    the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;
(iii)    the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Section 4.10) (the “ Purchase Amount ”);
(iv)    the purchase price to be paid by the Issuer for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “ Purchase Price ”);
(v)    that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount;
(vi)    the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;
(vii)    that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;
(viii)    that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;
(ix)    that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Issuer or the Trustee so require, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);
(x)    that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Issuer (or its paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;
(xi)    that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (including with respect to Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations required to be purchased in connection therewith, and with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall remain outstanding following such purchase); and
(xii)    if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Is-suer shall execute, and, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in the aggregate

-17-
        



principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered.
Offering Memorandum ” means the Offering Memorandum related to the issuance of the Initial Notes on the Issue Date, dated April 15, 2015.
Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.
Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable.
Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer.
Participant ” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC.
Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, covenant defeasance or similar payment with respect to, any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations ” means obligations under any Additional Notes or other Debt secured by liens pari passu with the Notes on the Collateral in compliance with clause (b)(ii) under the definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided that (i) the representative of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Issuer has designated such Debt as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” under the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if applicable.
Permitted Business ” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to the business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
Permitted Collateral Liens ” means:
(i)    Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, Refinancing Debt with respect to such Notes, the Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes, Refinancing Debt and Guarantees;
(ii)    Liens securing First Lien Obligations and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture and Refinancing Debt with respect to such First Lien Obligations and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations; provided that any such Liens on the Collateral granted by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (ii) are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement;
(iii)    Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (i) above) and any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement thereof so long as such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement does not extend to any other property or asset and does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by the amount of any premium or fee paid or payable or original issue discount in connection with such extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing plus fees and expenses); and

-18-
        



(iv)    Liens described in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xviii), (xix) and (xx) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”
Permitted Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(b).
Permitted Holders ” means each of: (i) each Carrols Officer; any spouse or lineal descendant of a Carrols Officer; any trust or estate the sole beneficiary of or beneficiaries of which is a Carrols Officer, any spouse or lineal descendants of a Carrols Officer; or any entity owned or controlled by any of the foregoing and (ii) any group (as defined in the rules promulgated under Section13(d) of the Exchange Act) which is controlled by any of the persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).
Permitted Investments ” means:
(i)    Investments in existence on the Issue Date;
(ii)    Investments required pursuant to any agreement or obligation of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, in effect on the Issue Date, to make such Investments;
(iii)    Eligible Cash Equivalents;
(iv)    Investments in property and other assets owned or used by the Issuer or Restricted Sub-sidiaries in the operation of a Permitted Business;
(v)    Investments by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiar-ies and guarantees by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt otherwise permitted under Section 4.9 or of other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidi-ary otherwise permitted hereunder;
(vi)    Investments by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such In-vestment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated or wound up into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(vii)    Hedging Obligations entered into to manage interest rates, commodity prices and curren-cy exchange rates (and not for speculative purposes) and other Bank Products;
(viii)    Investments received in settlement of obligations owed to the Issuer or Restricted Subsid-iaries, as a result of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, or in settlement of litigation, arbitration or other disputes;
(ix)    Investments by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this definition, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(x)    (a) loans and advances (including for travel and relocation) to employees in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, (b) loans or advances against, and repurchases of, Capital Interests and options of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries held by manage-ment and employees in connection with any stock option, deferred compensation or similar benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) and otherwise issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and (c) loans or advances to management and employees to pay taxes in respect of Capital Interests issued under stock option, deferred compensation or similar benefit plans in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; and
(xi)    any Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash por-tion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of Property not constituting an Asset Sale.

-19-
        



Permitted Liens ” means:
(i)    Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(ii)    Liens that secure Obligations:
(a)    in respect of any First Lien Obligations not to exceed the amount permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that in the event the Issuer obtains any revolving credit commitments under any Credit Facility, all Liens securing such commitments shall, for purposes of this clause (ii)(a), be deemed to be incurred pursuant to this clause (ii)(a) at the time of obtaining such commitments regardless of when any borrowings, repayments or reborrowings under such commitments are made; provided , further , that Liens on the Collateral under this clause (ii)(a) are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(b)    in respect of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in an amount such that at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 6.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that Liens under this clause (ii)(b) are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; and
(c)    incurred pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;
(iii)    any Lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent more than 30 days (or which, if so due and payable, are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP);
(iv)    any carrier’s, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, mechanic’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens arising by law for sums not then due and payable more than 30 days after giving effect to any applicable grace period (or which, if so due and payable, are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP);
(v)    minor survey exceptions, minor imperfections of title, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(vi)    pledges or deposits (a) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure other types of statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body, or (b) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, surety or performance bonds, appeal bonds, leases, purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts and other similar obligations Incurred in the normal course of business consistent with industry practice; or (c) to obtain or secure obligations with respect to letters of credit, banker’s acceptances, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection with the activities described in clauses (a) and (b) above, in each case not Incurred or made in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services or imposed by ERISA or the Code in connection with a “plan” (as defined in ERISA) or (d) arising in connection with any attachment unless such Liens are in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate and shall not be satisfied or discharged or stayed pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any such stay;
(vii)    Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or on property acquired by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries (and in each case not created or Incurred in anticipation of such transaction), including Liens securing Acquired Debt permitted under this Indenture; provided that

-20-
        



such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired;
(viii)    Liens securing Debt of a Guarantor owed to and held by the Issuer or Guarantors;
(ix)    other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of such assets or materially impair the operation of the business of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(x)    Liens to secure any permitted extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) and (vii); provided that such Liens do not extend to any other property or assets and the principal amount of the obligations secured by such Liens is not greater than the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the refinanced Debt plus any fees and expenses, including premiums or original issue discount related to such extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding;
(xi)    Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(xii)    Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Debt permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (viii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” covering only the assets financed by or acquired with such Debt;
(xiii)    Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(xiv)    Liens securing Debt Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to other property owned by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof), and the Debt (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;
(xv)    Liens on property or shares of Capital Interests of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that (a) the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and proceeds thereof) and (b) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary;
(xvi)    Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (7) under Section 6.1 of this Indenture so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(xvii)    Liens on the Collateral granted under the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Notes and the Guarantees and the other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations;
(xviii)    Liens securing Hedging Obligations that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;

-21-
        



(xix)    leases, subleases (including, without limitation, leases of Pollo Tropical restaurants by the Issuer and subleased to Pollo Operations, Inc.), licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to a disposition otherwise permitted hereunder which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Debt;
(xx)    Liens securing Debt or other obligations, as measured by principal amount, which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Debt secured by Liens (excluding Liens permitted by clauses (i) through (xix) above) at the time of determination, does not exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; and
(xxi)    any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing.
Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
Preopening Costs ” means “start-up costs” (such term used herein as defined in SOP 98-5 published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants) related to the acquisition, opening and organizing of new restaurants, including, without limitation, the cost of feasibility studies, staff training and recruiting and travel costs for employees engaged in such start-up activities.
Property ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Interests in any other Person.
Purchase Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
Purchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
Purchase Money Debt ” means Debt (i) Incurred to finance the purchase, lease or construction (including additions, repairs and improvements thereto) of any assets (other than Capital Interests) of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (ii) that is secured by a Lien on such assets where the lender’s sole security is to the assets so purchased or constructed (and assets or property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof); and in either case that does not exceed 100% of the cost and to the extent the purchase or construction prices for such assets are or should be included in “addition to property, plant or equipment” in accordance with GAAP.
Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
Qualified Capital Interests ” in any Person means a class of Capital Interests other than Redeemable Capital Interests.
Qualified Equity Offering ” means an underwritten primary public equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests of Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any successor thereto but only to the extent contributed to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital Interests) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than a registered offering on Form S-8.
Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interests (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all buildings, structures, parking areas and improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Redeemable Capital Interests ” in any Person means any equity security of such Person that by its terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including the

-22-
        



passage of time or the happening of an event), is required to be redeemed, is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof in whole or in part (including by operation of a sinking fund), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt of such Person at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such equity security which is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof before such date will be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any equity security that would constitute Redeemable Capital Interests solely because the holders of the equity security have the right to require any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such equity security upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Qualified Equity Offering or an Asset Sale will not constitute Redeemable Capital Interests if the terms of such equity security provide that the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such equity security pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.7. The amount of Redeemable Capital Interests deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Redeemable Capital Interests or portion thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends.
Redemption Price ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
Refinancing Debt ” means Debt that refunds, refinances, defeases, renews, replaces or extends any Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including the Notes), whether involving the same or any other lender or creditor or group of lenders or creditors, but only to the extent that:
(i)    the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as the Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended, if such Debt was subordinated to the Notes,
(ii)    the Refinancing Debt has a Stated Maturity either (a) no earlier than the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended or (b) at least 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes,
(iii)    the Refinancing Debt has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Debt is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended,
(iv)    such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount that is less than or equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount, as such) then outstanding under the Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of pre-existing optional prepayment provisions on such Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended and (c) the amount of reasonable and customary fees, expenses and costs related to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Debt, and
(v)    such Refinancing Debt shall not include (x) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (y) Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name

-23-
        



of the Depository or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regula-tion S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer of the Trustee within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, senior associate, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs func-tions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A hereto.
Restricted Payment ” is defined to mean any of the following:
(i)    any dividend or other distribution declared and paid on the Capital Interests in the Issuer or on the Capital Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary that are held by, or declared and paid to, any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the following shall not be “Restricted Pay-ments”:
(a)    dividends, distributions or payments, in each case, made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Issuer; and
(b)    dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or to other holders of Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis;
(ii)    any payment made by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase, re-deem, acquire or retire any Capital Interests in the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including any issuance of Debt, in exchange for such Capital Interests or the conversion or exchange of such Capital Interests into or for Debt other than any such Capital Interests owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Sub-sidiary;
(iii)    any payment made by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a pay-ment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Issuer) to redeem, repurchase, defease (including an in substance or legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), (a) prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemp-tion payment, Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is subordinate (whether pursuant to its terms or by operation of law) in right of payment to the Notes or Note Guarantees (excluding any Debt owed to the Is-suer or any Restricted Subsidiary); except (x) payments of principal in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, scheduled maturity or mandatory redemption date, in each case, within one year of the due date thereof and (y) any payments in respect of Debt to the extent the issuance of such Debt was a Restrict-ed Payment and (ii) any Debt which would have constituted a Restricted Payment under clause (b) above;
(iv)    any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person, other than a Permitted Investment; and
(v)    any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Period ” means the 40-day “distribution compliance period” as defined in Regulation S.
Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that has not been designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in accordance with this Indenture.
Revolving Credit Agreement ” means that certain revolving credit agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012 and as amended as of the Issue Date, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, collateral agent, syndicating agent and a lender, the revolving credit lenders named therein, Carrols Restaurant

-24-
        



Group, Inc., as the borrower, the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time party thereto as guarantors, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as sole lead arranger, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral docu-ments, guarantees, and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection there-with, in each case as further amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part from time to time including by or pursuant to any agreement or instrument that extends the maturity of any Debt thereunder, or increases the amount of available borrowings thereunder ( provided that such increase in borrow-ings is permitted under clause (i) of the definition of the term “Permitted Debt”), or adds Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, in each case with respect to such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debt holders.
Secured Debt ” means any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Security Agreement ” means the security agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Col-lateral Agent, the Issuer and the Guarantors, granting, among other things, a Lien on the Collateral subject to Permit-ted Collateral Liens and Permitted Liens, in each case in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the ben-efit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement, the mortgages with respect to the Real Property, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
Significant Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and Exchange Act, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Standard & Poor’s ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Compa-nies, Inc., and its successors.
Stated Maturity ,” when used with respect to (i) any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Note or such installment of in-terest is due and payable and (ii) any other Debt or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Debt as the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or such installment of in-terest is due and payable, including any date upon which a repurchase at the option of the holders of such Debt is required to be consummated.
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited or general partnership, trust, as-sociation or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Voting Interests therein is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
Surviving Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date hereof.
Transaction Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
Transactions ” means the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date, the entry into the Revolving Credit Agreement on the Issue Date, the repayment of the existing Debt as described under “Use of Proceeds” (including

-25-
        



the tender offer and/or redemption thereof) in the Offering Memorandum, the payment of fees and expenses as de-scribed under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum and the transactions related thereto.
Transfer Restricted Global Notes ” means a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note.
Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
Treasury Rate ” means, as obtained by the Issuer, with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemp-tion date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant ma-turity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2018; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2018 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a con-stant maturity of one year will be used.
Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accord-ance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.
UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or, as the context requires in determining whether or not an asset is Excluded Collateral, the law governing the interpreta-tion of any such agreement; provided , however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provi-sions.
Unrestricted Notes ” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend, including the Exchange Notes and any Notes registered under the Securities Act pursuant to and in accord-ance with the Registration Rights Agreement.
Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:
(1)    any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in compliance with Section 4.18; and
(2)    any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Voting Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Interests in such Person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of members of the Board of Directors or comparable body of such Person.
SECTION 1.2     Other Definitions .
Term
Defined in Section
“Act”
12.13

“Additional Assets”
4.10(a)(4)(iii)
“Advanced Change of Control Offer”
4.14

“Affiliate Transaction”
4.11

“Agent Members”
2.6(a)
“Applicable Premium Deficit”
(8.82
)
“Authentication Order”
2.2

“covenant defeasance”
8.3


-26-
        



Term
Defined in Section
 
 
“Custodian”
(6.1900)
“defeasance”
8.3
“Discharge”
8.8
“Event of Default”
6.1
“Excess Proceeds”
4.10(a)
“Independent Financial Advisor”
4.11(iii)
“legal defeasance”
8.2
“Note Register”
2.3
“Offer Amount”
3.9
“QIBs”
2.1(b)
“QIB Global Note”
2.1(b)
“redemption date”
3.1
“Registrar”
2.3
“Reversion Date”
4.21
“Rule 144A”
2.1(b)
“Surviving Entity”
5.1(i)
“Suspended Covenants”
4.21
“Suspension Period”
4.21
SECTION 1.3     Rules of Construction .
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1)    a term has the meaning assigned to it herein;
(2)    an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accord-ance with GAAP;
(3)    “or” is not exclusive;
(4)    words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
(5)    unless otherwise specified, any reference to Section or Article refers to such Section or Article of this Indenture;
(6)    provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(7)    references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commis-sion from time to time; and
(8)    “including” means “including without limitation”.
ARTICLE II

THE NOTES
SECTION 2.1     Form and Dating .
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A at-tached hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or per-mitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange

-27-
        



rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes initially shall be issued only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, ex-pressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be con-trolling.
(a)    The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto and shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented there-by with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.
Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with written instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.16 hereof.
Except as set forth in Section 2.6 hereof, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, on-ly to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee.
(b)    The Initial Notes are being issued by the Issuer only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as de-fined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) (“ QIBs ”) and (ii) in reliance on Regulation S. After such initial offers, Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes may be transferred to QIBs, in reliance on Rule 144A, outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to the Issuer, in accordance with certain transfer restrictions. Initial Notes that are offered in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more perma-nent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “ QIB Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Initial Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as Note Custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Early termination of the Restricted Period may be effectuated upon receipt by the Trustee of (i) a written certificate from the Depositary certifying that they have received certifi-cation of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Re-stricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a QIB Global Note bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.6(e) hereof); and (ii) an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer. The aggregate principal amount of the Regu-lation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. The QIB Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall each be issued with separate CUSIP num-bers. Transfers of Notes between QIBs and to or by purchasers pursuant to Regulation S shall be represented by appropriate increases and decreases to the respective amounts of the appropriate Global Note, as more fully provided in Section 2.16.
(c)    Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary or its nominee.
The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder, any member of (or a Participant in) DTC or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its nominee) or of any Participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or

-28-
        



property) under or with respect to the Notes. The Trustee may rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, Participants and any Beneficial Owners in the Notes.
(d)    Notes issued in certificated form, including Global Notes, shall be substantially in the form of Ex-hibit A attached hereto.
SECTION 2.2     Execution and Authentication .
An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication. The Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written Issuer Order signed by one Officer directing the Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Notes contained herein have been complied with ( an “ Authentication Order ”) and an Opinion of Counsel, authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the reverse of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.17 hereof.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
SECTION 2.3     Registrar; Paying Agent .
The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to a Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (the “ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents; provided , however , that at all times there shall be only one Note Register. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the office or agency of the Issuer for such purposes and as the office or agency of the Issuer where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served and the Trustee as the agent of the Issuer to receive such notices and demands.
The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
SECTION 2.4     Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .
The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall

-29-
        



have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon the occurrence of events specified in Section 6.1(8) hereof, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
SECTION 2.5     Holder Lists .
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the Trustee thereafter shall preserve such list in as current a form as is reasonably practicable.
SECTION 2.6     Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities .
(a)    Each Transfer Restricted Global Note shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as required by Section 2.6(e).
Members of, or Participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
(b)    Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of Beneficial Owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with Section 2.16 and the rules and procedures of the Depositary. In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all Beneficial Owners in exchange for their beneficial interests if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within ninety (90) days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Certificated Notes.
(c)    In connection with the transfer of the entire Global Note to Beneficial Owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver, to each Beneficial Owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.
(d)    The Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold an interest through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
(e)     Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
(1)     Restricted Notes Legend . Unless and until either (x) a Note is exchanged for an Ex-change Note or sold in connection with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and pur-suant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (y) the Issuer determines that the following legend and the related restrictions on transfer are not required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the

-30-
        



Securities Act and there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to that effect, each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) PURSUANT TO (C), (D) OR (E), THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”
(2)     Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

-31-
        



UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.”
(f)    At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.
(g)    General provisions relating to transfers and exchanges:
(i)    To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes at the Registrar’s request.
(ii)    No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer, exchange, or redemption, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.6, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.4 hereto).
(iii)    All Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes shall, upon execution by the Issuer and authentication by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(iv)    The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of fifteen (15) days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.
(v)    Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for

-32-
        



all other purposes, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(vi)    The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof. Except as provided in Section 2.6(b), neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall authenticate or deliver any Certificated Note in exchange for a Global Note.
(vii)    Each Holder agrees to provide indemnity to the Issuer and the Trustee satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.
(viii)    The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
(ix)    Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depository.
SECTION 2.7     Replacement Notes .
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements set forth in Section 2.2 are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge a Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
SECTION 2.8     Outstanding Notes .
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.


-33-
        



SECTION 2.9     Treasury Notes .
In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes passes to such entity.
SECTION 2.10     Temporary Notes .
Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.11     Cancellation .
The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder or which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order. All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7 hereof, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practice, and, at the written request of the Issuer, certification of their disposal delivered to the Issuer, unless by Issuer Order, the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it.
SECTION 2.12     Defaulted Interest .
If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date and shall promptly thereafter notify the Trustee in writing of any such date. At least fifteen (15) days before the special record date, the Issuer (or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
SECTION 2.13     Record Date .
The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.5.
SECTION 2.14     Computation of Interest .
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.


-34-
        



SECTION 2.15     CUSIP Number .
The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” and/or ISIN or other similar number, and if it does so, the Issuer may use the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number.
SECTION 2.16     Special Transfer Provisions .
Unless and until (i) a Transfer Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective shelf registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) the Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required pursuant to Section 2.16(d), the following provisions shall apply:
(a) Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (other than pursuant to Regulation S):
(i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note by a Holder to a QIB if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.
(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.
(b) Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S . The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S:
(i) The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S by a Holder upon receipt of (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor.
(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a QIB Global Note and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in a QIB Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the letter, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note to be transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note.
(c) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate, one or more Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Transfer Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance in accordance with the Exchange

-35-
        



Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Global Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Transfer Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Registrar shall deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Global Notes so accepted Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in the appropriate principal amount.
(d) Restricted Notes Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Unrestricted Notes, the Registrar shall deliver Unrestricted Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Registrar shall deliver only Transfer Restricted Notes that bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless the Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required by this Section 2.16(d), or the Issuer determines and there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Notes are effected in compliance with the Securities Act.
(e) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges receipt of a Transfer Restricted Note with restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.
The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16 in accordance with its customary retention policies.
SECTION 2.17     Issuance of Additional Notes .
The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto and any customary escrow provisions, transfer restrictions and any registration rights agreement and additional interest with respect thereto; provided that such issuance is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.9. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes shall be, without limitation, treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, along with an Opinion of Counsel which will address conditions precedent, due authorization, execution and enforceability, the following information:
(1)    the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
(2)    the issue price, the Issue Date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue;
(3)    whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Notes; and
(4)    an Authentication Order.



-36-
        



ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
SECTION 3.1     Notices to Trustee .
If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least forty-five (45) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before a date fixed for redemption (the “ redemption date ”), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the Redemption Price.
SECTION 3.2     Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (subject to DTC’s procedures, as applicable); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. The Trustee (or DTC, as applicable) shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption and shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption. The Trustee (or DTC, as applicable) may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of the Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000.
SECTION 3.3     Notice of Redemption .
Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered (and, to the extent permitted by applicable procedures or regulations, electronically), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address; provided, however, that notices of redemption may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
The notice shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP numbers, if any) to be redeemed and shall state:
(1)    the redemption date;
(2)    the Redemption Price;
(3)    if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
(4)    the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(5)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;
(6)    that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
(7)    the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

-37-
        



(8)    that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided , however , that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in the notices as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly giv-en whether or not a Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other Note.
SECTION 3.4     Effect of Notice of Redemption .
Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such date. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.
SECTION 3.5     Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price .
Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each redemption date or the date on which Notes must be accepted for purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of (including any Applicable Premium), and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
SECTION 3.6     Notes Redeemed in Part .
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.
SECTION 3.7     Optional Redemption .
(a)    The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to May 1, 2018, at the option of the Issuer, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
(b)    The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time on or after May 1, 2018, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated:
 
Year
Redemption  
Price       
2018
104.000%
2019
102.000%
2020 and thereafter
100.000%

-38-
        




(c)    Prior to May 1, 2018, the Issuer may, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 108.00% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Equity Offering.
SECTION 3.8     Mandatory Redemption .
The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 3.9     Offer to Purchase .
In the event that the Issuer shall be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or as a result of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.
Unless otherwise required by applicable law, an Offer to Purchase shall specify an Expiration Date of the Offer to Purchase, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer, and a Purchase Date for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. If the Purchase Date is on or after the interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be sent by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.
On the Business Day preceding each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or Depositary, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. The Issuer shall promptly (but in any case not later than three (3) Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver at the expense of the Issuer such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce in a newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.

-39-
        



ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS
SECTION 4.1     Payment of Notes .
(a)    The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid for all purposes hereunder on the date the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds, as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
(b)    The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
SECTION 4.2     Maintenance of Office or Agency .
The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
SECTION 4.3     Provision of Financial Information .
Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish without cost to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, or file electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), within 15 days after the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:
(1)    all quarterly and annual reports, including financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and
(2)    all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Issuer may satisfy its obligations to deliver the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above by filing the same with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to prospective investors (b) unless required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, no certifications or attestations concerning disclosure controls and procedures or internal

-40-
        



controls, and no certifications, that would otherwise be required pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will be required at any time when it would not otherwise be subject to such statute and (c) nothing contained in this Indenture shall otherwise require the Issuer to comply with the terms of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 at any time when it would not otherwise be subject to such statute. In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent such Unrestricted Subsidiaries constitute in the aggregate in excess of either 5.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or 5.0% of the Issuer’s consolidated revenues, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.3 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder or the existence of an Event of Default (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates, except as otherwise provided herein).
SECTION 4.4     Compliance Certificate .
The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year commencing December 31, 2015, an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default or stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during such period has been made under their supervision with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to his or her knowledge, no Default or Event of Default has occurred during such period (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
The Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware and in any event within 15 days of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.5     Taxes .
The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
SECTION 4.6     Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.


-41-
        



SECTION 4.7     Limitation on Restricted Payments .
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment unless, at the time of the proposed Restricted Payment:
(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof;
(b) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to Section 4.9(a); and
(c) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments made on or after May 30, 2012 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x) of the next succeeding paragraph), shall not exceed the sum (without duplication) of
(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or if Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, 100% of such deficit) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 2, 2012 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, plus
(2) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer subsequent to May 30, 2012 either (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or (ii) from the issuance and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Interests, including Qualified Capital Interests issued upon the conversion of Debt or Redeemable Capital Interests of the Issuer, and from the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Interests (other than, in each case, Capital Interests or Debt sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer), plus
(3) 100% of the amount by which Debt of the Issuer is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to May 30, 2012 of any Debt for Qualified Capital Interests of the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange), plus
(4) 100% of the net reduction in Investments (other than Permitted Investments), subsequent to May 30, 2012, in any Person, resulting from (x) payments of interest on Debt, dividends, distributions, redemption, repurchases, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (but only to the extent such interest, dividends, distributions, redemptions, repurchases, repayments or other transfers were made in (i) cash or (ii) assets (valued at Fair Market Value) other than cash (other than pay-in-kind dividends or interest)), in each case to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Person (including, without limitation, an Unrestricted Subsidiary), (y) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (z) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, not to exceed in the case of any Person the amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) previously made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may take the following actions; provided that, in the cases of clauses (iv) and (x) below, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unless, in the case of clause (iv), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is contractually required to make a payment as described in such clause (iv):
(i)    the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption on Capital Interests in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after declaration or

-42-
        



setting the record date for redemption thereof, as applicable, if at such date such payment would not have been prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this covenant;
(ii)    the retirement of any Capital Interests of the Issuer by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, Qualified Capital Interests, or out of net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of other Qualified Capital Interests of the Issuer;
(iii)    the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition or retirement for value of any Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to May 30, 2012 of (x) new Refinancing Debt Incurred in accordance with this Indenture or (y) of Qualified Capital Interests of the Issuer;
(iv)    the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Interests in the Issuer held by employees, officers or directors or by former employees, officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment; provided that the aggregate consideration paid for such purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of such Capital Interests does not exceed the sum of (A) $2.5 million in any fiscal year ( provided that if less than $2.5 million is used for such purposes in any fiscal year, any unused amounts may be carried forward for use in one or more future periods; provided , further , that the aggregate amount of repurchases made pursuant to this clause (iv) (A) may not exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year); plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after May 30, 2012 (it being understood that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by this clause (B) in any calendar year);
(v)    repurchase of Capital Interests in the Issuer deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities to the extent such Capital Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities or repurchase of such Capital Interests to the extent the proceeds of such repurchase are used to pay taxes incurred by the holder thereof as a result of the issuance or grant thereof;
(vi)    the prepayment of intercompany Debt, the Incurrence of which was permitted pursuant to Section 4.9;
(vii)    cash payment, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Interests of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(viii)    the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Redeemable Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.9;
(ix)    upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any subordinated Debt pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.10 and 4.14 in accordance with the terms of such subordinated Debt; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, the Issuer has made an Offer to Purchase with respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection therewith; and
(x)    other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not in excess of $20.0 million.
For purposes of this Section 4.7, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permit-ted Investments,” the Issuer may classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with

-43-
        



this Section 4.7 and may later reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as the Investment or Restricted Payment (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.
If any Person in which an Investment is made, which Investment constitutes a Restricted Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, all such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph under this Section 4.7 or clause (x) of the second paragraph under this Section 4.7, in each case to the extent such Investments would otherwise be so counted.
If the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers, conveys, sells, leases or otherwise disposes of an Invest-ment in accordance with Section 4.10, which Investment was originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.7, the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments shall be reduced by the lesser of (i) the Net Cash Proceeds from the transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of such Investment or (ii) the amount of the original Investment, in each case, to the extent originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Re-stricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.7.
For purposes of this Section 4.7, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of assets, then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Re-stricted Payment.
SECTION 4.8     Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become effective or enter into any encumbrance or restriction (other than pursuant to this Indent-ure, law, rules or regulation) on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other dis-tributions on its Capital Interests owned by any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Debt or other ob-ligation owed to any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to any of the Issuer or Re-stricted Subsidiaries thereof or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries.
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to the following encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(a) any encumbrance or restriction in existence on the Issue Date and any amendments, mod-ifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend or other payment restrictions than those contained in these agreements on the Issue Date or refinancings thereof;
(b) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating to an acquisition of property, so long as the encumbrances or restrictions in any such agreement relate solely to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of the acquisition thereof by the Issuer or a Re-stricted Subsidiary);
(c) any encumbrance or restriction which exists with respect to a Person that becomes a Re-stricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, which is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Sub-sidiary, and which is not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
(d) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a permitted renewal, refunding, replacement, refinancings or extension of Debt issued pursuant to an agreement containing any

-44-
        



encumbrance or restriction referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), so long as the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such refinancings agreement are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing the Debt being renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or extended in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
(e) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, contract, or license of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder;
(f) any restriction on the sale or other disposition of assets or property securing Debt as a result of a Permitted Lien on such assets or property;
(g) any encumbrance or restriction by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
(h) any encumbrance or restriction under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
(i) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(j) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(k) any instrument governing Debt or Capital Interests of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Debt or Capital Interests was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
(l) Liens securing Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 4.12, that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;
(m) provisions of the Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date and provisions of any other Credit Facility that, as determined by management of the Issuer in its reasonable and good faith judgment, (i) will not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments required under the Notes and (ii) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the provisions under the Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date;
(n) provisions of any agreement evidencing Debt incurred under Section 4.9 that, as determined by management of the Issuer in its reasonable and good faith judgment, (i) will not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments required under the Notes and (ii) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than customary for financings of this type; and
(o) solely with respect to clause (iii) in the first paragraph of this Section 4.8, encumbrances and restrictions under the Franchise Agreements (including without limitation, the Burger King Rights) and in leases and subleases of restaurant locations entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries with Burger King Corporation, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 4.9     Limitation on Incurrence of Debt .
(a)    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt); provided that the Issuer and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Debt (including Acquired Debt) if, immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted

-45-
        



Subsidiaries would be greater than 2.0:1.0 and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the Incurrence of such Debt; provided, further that the aggregate principal amount of Debt that may be Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate.
(b)    Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur “Permitted Debt” as follows:
(i) Debt incurred pursuant to, and the issuance or creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances under or in connection with (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder), any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (i) at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $55.0 million and (y) 75% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Four-Quarter Period most recently ended prior to the date of such Incurrence; provided that with respect to any revolving credit commitments under any Credit Facility, any Debt thereunder will be deemed to be Incurred on the date the Issuer obtains such revolving credit commitments for the purposes of this clause (i) regardless of when any borrowings, repayments or reborrowings under such commitments are made;
(ii) Debt outstanding under the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and Guarantees of the Notes and contribution, indemnification and reimbursement obligations owed by the Issuer or any Guarantor to any of the other of them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Notes;
(iii) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of the Issue Date (other than clauses (i) or (ii) above);
(iv) Debt Incurred following the Issue Date that is owed to and held by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Debt is owed by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Debt shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Obligations;
(v) Guarantees Incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) such Debt is Permitted Debt or is otherwise Incurred in accordance with this Section 4.9 and (b) such Guarantees are subordinated to the Notes to the same extent as the Debt being guaranteed;
(vi) Debt Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit for operating purposes and completion guarantees provided or Incurred (including Guarantees thereof) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(vii) Debt under Hedging Obligations entered into to manage fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices and currency exchange rates (and not for speculative purposes);
(viii) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding at any time under this clause (viii) may not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate;
(ix) the issuance by any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Issuer or to any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:
(a)    any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(b)    any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not ei-ther the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

-46-
        



shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (ix);
(x) Debt arising from (x) customary cash management services and automated clearing house transactions, (y) any Bank Product or (z) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that any such Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (z) is extinguished within five business days of the Incurrence;
(xi) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted pursuant to this definition, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding;
(xii) Debt of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or consolidated or merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that such Debt is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger; and provided, further, that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Debt and such acquisition, consolidation or merger (i) the Issuer would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.9 or (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer would on a pro forma basis at least be equal to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;
(xiii) Refinancing Debt in respect of any Debt permitted by clauses (ii), (iii) and (xii) above, this clause (xiii) or Debt Incurred in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 4.9;
(xiv) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and
(xv) Debt consisting of Debt issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent pursuant to clause (iv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.7.
(c)    For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, (x) the outstanding principal amount of any Debt shall be counted only once such that (without limitation) any obligation arising under any Guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included and (y) except as provided above, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, including categories of Permitted Debt and paragraph (a) of this Section 4.9, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, all or any portion of such item of Debt.
(d)    The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on Debt in the forms of additional Debt or payment of dividends on Capital Interests in the forms of additional shares of Capital Interests with the same terms and changes in the amount outstanding due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Debt or issuance of Capital Interests for purposes of this Section 4.9.
(e)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the maximum amount of Debt that may be outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.9 will not be deemed exceeded due to the results of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was Incurred.

-47-
        



(f)    None of the Issuer and Guarantors will Incur any Debt that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Debt unless such Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees to the same extent; provided that Debt will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Debt solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority.
SECTION 4.10     Limitation on Asset Sales .
(a)    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
(1) other than in the case of an Event of Loss, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of;
(2)    other than in the case of an Event of Loss, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash, Eligible Cash Equivalents or Additional Assets;
(3)    to the extent that any consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale constitute securities or other assets that constitute Collateral, such securities or other assets, including the assets of any Person that becomes a Guarantor as a result of such transaction, are promptly following their acquisition added to the Collateral securing the Notes; and
(4)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or would occur after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to, such Asset Sale.
Within 365 days after the Issuer’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale covered by this clause (a) (or within 540 days of receipt if a binding commitment to reinvest is entered into within 365 days of receipt), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale:
(i)    to prepay, repay or otherwise purchase First Lien Obligations; provided , however , that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Debt pursuant to this clause (i), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Debt and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased;
(ii)    to make one or more offers to the holders of the Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) to purchase Notes (and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in this Indenture (each, an “ Asset Sale Offer ”); provided , however , that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Debt pursuant to this clause (ii), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Debt and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; provided further that if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Debt under the Notes by making an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, the pro rata principal amount of the Notes, such offer to be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer but without any further limitation in amount; or
(iii)    to an investment in (a) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Interests and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Interests of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties, (c) capital expenditures or (d) other assets that, in each of

-48-
        



(a), (b), (c) and (d), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or are used or useful in a Permitted Business (clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) together, the “ Additional Assets ”); provided that to the extent that the assets that were subject to the Asset Sale constituted Collateral, such Additional Assets shall also constitute Collateral; provided , further , that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, promptly takes such action (if any) as may be required to cause that portion of such investment constituting Collateral to be added to the Collateral securing the Notes.
Any Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Sales covered by this clause (a) that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” Within 15 business days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all holders of the Notes, and, if required by the terms of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, to the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations that is $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer shall select the Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. After the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale of any Collateral as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this paragraph (a), the balance of such Net Cash Proceeds, if any, from such Asset Sale of Collateral shall be released by the Collateral Agent to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for use by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture.
(b)    For purposes of this Section 4.10, the following are deemed to be cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents:
(1)    any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s, or such Restricted Subsidiary’s, most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing;
(2)    any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and
(3)    any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $5.0 million at the time of receipt of such outstanding Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

-49-
        



SECTION 4.11     Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates .
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of related transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:
(i)    such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and
(ii)    with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a Board Resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.
The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to:
(1) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.7 or Permitted Investments;
(2) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) the payment (and any agreement, plan or arrangement relating thereto) of reasonable and customary compensation and other benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) and indemnities to officers and employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(5) the issuance of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Issuer otherwise permitted hereunder and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;
(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendment, extension or modification thereto so long as such amendment, extension or modification is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;
(7) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or merger, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger);
(8) transactions in which the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a written opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm (an “Independent Financial Advisor”) to the effect that the transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Issuer and any relevant Restricted Subsidiaries;
(9) any contribution of capital to the Issuer;

-50-
        



(10) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (10) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the original agreement in effect on the Issue Date;
(11) transactions with Burger King Corporation in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; and
(12) the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions.
SECTION 4.12     Limitation on Liens .
(a)    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral Liens.
(b)    Subject to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.12, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom other than the Collateral without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture and the Security Documents (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.
SECTION 4.13     Maintenance of Property and Insurance .
Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of Article X and the provisions of the applicable Security Documents, all property (including equipment) material to, and used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as whole, shall be maintained and kept in good operating condition and working order (ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss excepted), and the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall make any repairs, replacements and improvements thereto as they determine to be reasonable and prudent; provided that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to comply with the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.13 to the extent that the Issuer’s management determines that the maintenance and repair of such property is no longer in the best interests of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
The Issuer will provide or cause to be provided, for itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) on its and its Subsidiaries business and the Collateral, with recognized, financially sound insurers or with the government of the United States of America, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as are determined by the Issuer in good faith to be reasonable and prudent.
SECTION 4.14     Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control .
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of the outstanding Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, together with accrued interest, if any, to but not including the Purchase Date pursuant to an Offer to Purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). For purposes of the foregoing, an Offer to Purchase shall be deemed to have been made if (i) within 60 days following the date of the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of Control, the Issuer commences an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes

-51-
        



at the Purchase Price and (ii) all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase are purchased on the terms of such Offer to Purchase.
On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (a) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, (b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (c) otherwise comply with Section 3.9.
The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.
The Issuer will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes such Offer to Purchase contemporaneously with or upon a Change of Control in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth herein applicable to an Offer to Purchase made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Offer to Purchase or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.7(a) or Section 3.7(b).
To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of such compliance.
In addition, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control (an “ Advanced Change of Control Offer ”), conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Offer to Purchase. The Issuer will not be required to make another Offer to Pur-chase upon such Change of Control if an Advanced Change of Control Offer has already been made.
In the event that Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control and the Issuer purchases all of the Notes held by such Hold-ers, within 90 days of such purchase, the Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at the Purchase Price plus, to the extent not included in the Purchase Price, accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to the date of re-demption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).
SECTION 4.15     Corporate Existence .
Except as permitted by Section 11.5 and Article V hereof, as the case may be, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Re-stricted Subsidiary; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve the corporate, partnership or other ex-istence of any of its Subsidiaries to the extent that the Issuer’s management determines that the preservation thereof is no longer in the best interests of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
SECTION 4.16     [Reserved]
SECTION 4.17     Additional Note Guarantees .
After the Issue Date, the Issuer will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (x) any Foreign Subsidiary and (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is prohibited by law from guaranteeing the Notes or that would experience adverse regulatory consequences as a result of providing a guarantee of the Notes (so long as, in the case of this clause (y), such Restricted Subsidiary has not provided a guarantee of any other Debt of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors)) to guarantee the Notes and the Issuer’s other obligations under this Indenture.
Subject to Section 4.19, such Guarantor will within thirty (30) days of becoming such Restricted Subsidiary enter into a joinder agreement to the applicable Security Documents or new Security Documents defining the terms

-52-
        



of the security interests that secure payment and performance when due of the Notes and take all actions advisable in the opinion of the Issuer, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer delivered to the Trustee and Collateral Agent, to cause the Liens created by the Security Documents to be duly perfected to the extent required by such documents in accordance with all applicable law, including the filing of financing statements in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of the Issuer and the Guarantors. The Note Guarantees will be released as set forth in Article XI.
SECTION 4.18     Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries .
The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” as provided below, in which event such Subsidiary and each other Person that is a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary) of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture (a “ Designation ”) only if:
(1)    no Default shall be continuing after giving effect to such Designation; and
(2)    the Issuer would be permitted to make, at the time of such Designation, (i) a Permitted Investment or (ii) an Investment pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.7, in either case, in an amount (the “ Designation Amount ”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such date.
No Subsidiary shall be Designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary:
(1)    to the extent the Debt of the Subsidiary is not Non-Recourse Debt, any guarantee or other credit support thereof by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under Section 4.9
(2)    is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve the Person’s financial condition or to cause the Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results, unless such obligation is a Permitted Investment or is otherwise permitted under Section 4.7.
If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Debt of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of the date and, if the Debt is not permitted to be incurred under Section 4.9, or the Lien is not permitted under Section 4.12, the Issuer shall be in default of the applicable covenant.
An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) all the Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be Incurred in accordance with under Section 4.9 and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12.
All Designations must be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.
SECTION 4.19     Further Assurances .
Upon the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor after the Issue Date of (1) any after-acquired assets, including, but not limited to, any after-acquired Real Property or any equipment or fixtures which constitute accretions, additions or technological upgrades to the equipment or fixtures or any working capital assets that, in any such case, form part of the Collateral, or (2) any replacement assets in compliance with Section 4.10, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver, (i) with regard to any Real Property that is acquired for the purpose of serving as a restaurant, mortgages and related documentation and opinions specified in this Indenture within 365 days of the date of acquisition, (ii) with regard to any other Real Property, mortgages and related documentation and

-53-
        



opinions as specified in this Indenture within 180 days of the date of acquisition (or such later date as any applicable regulatory approvals have been obtained) and (iii) to the extent required by the Security Documents, any information, documentation, financing statements or other certificates as may be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens and the Burger King Rights, in such after-acquired Property (other than Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) and Collateral that the Issuer or such Guarantor is not required under the Security Documents to take actions to perfect) and to have such after-acquired Property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
SECTION 4.20     Additional Interest Notice .
In the event that the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than five days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.
SECTION 4.21     Suspension of Certain Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status .
Following the first day the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and ending on the Reversion Date, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.17 and 5.1(iii) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”). During any Suspension Period, the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.18.
If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “ Reversion Date ”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided , however , that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability under this Indenture or the Notes for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation entered into during the Suspension Period and not in contemplation of an impending Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .” The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing promptly following the occurrence of events resulting in Suspended Covenants or a Reversion Date, as applicable.
On the Reversion Date, all Debt Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been In-curred pursuant to Section 4.9(a) (to the extent such Debt would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Debt Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Debt would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9(a), such Debt will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (iii) of Section 4.9(b); provided, that all Debt outstanding on the Reversion Date under the Credit Facility shall be deemed incurred or issued pursuant to clause (i) of Section 4.9(b) (up to the maximum amount of such Debt that would be permitted to be incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Debt incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.7 will be made as though Section 4.7 had been

-54-
        



in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.7. During the Suspension Period, any future obligation to grant further Note Guarantees shall be suspended. All such further obligation to grant Note Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSORS
SECTION 5.1     Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease .
The Issuer will not, in any transaction or series of transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person (other than a merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Issuer in which the Issuer is the continuing Person), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to any other Person, unless:
(i)    either: (a) the Issuer shall be the continuing Person or (b) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged, or the Person that acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer (such Person, the “ Surviving Entity ”), (1) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any political subdivision thereof or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Notes and the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and (3) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the Issuer under the Security Documents; provided, however, that the Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement;
(ii)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;
(iii)    in the case of a transaction involving the Issuer, immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions) as if such transaction or series of transactions had occurred on the first day of the determination period, the Issuer (or the Surviving Entity if the Issuer is not the continuing Person), (x) could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under Section 4.9(a) or (y) would have a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a pro forma basis that is at least equal to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;
(iv)    the Issuer delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture;
(v)    the Surviving Entity causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Surviving Entity;
(vi)    the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Surviving Entity shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens; and

-55-
        



(vii)    the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Surviving Entity, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Surviving Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture.
The preceding clause (iii) will not prohibit:
(a)    a merger between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b)    a merger between the Issuer and an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of converting the Issuer into a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or state thereof;
so long as, in each case, the amount of Debt of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, except for Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business to pay fees, expenses and other costs associated with such transaction.
SECTION 5.2     Successor Person Substituted .
Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in Section 5.1, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the Issuer herein, as applicable; and when a Surviving Entity duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations.
ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.1     Events of Default .
Each of the following constitutes an “ Event of Default ”:
(1)    default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);
(2)    default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;
(3)    failure by the Issuer to accept and pay for Notes tendered when and as required pursuant to an Offer to Purchase made pursuant to Section 4.14;
(4)    except as permitted by this Indenture, (i) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as specifically provided in this Indenture) for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes or (ii) the Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason be asserted by any of the Guarantors or the Issuer not to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

-56-
        



(5)    default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;
(6)    a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $20.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $20.0 million of the principal amount of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;
(7)    the entry against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0 million and not covered by insurance (not disputed), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;
(8)    (i) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(a)    commences a voluntary case,
(b)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(c)    consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(d)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
(e)    admits, in writing, its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(ii)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(a)    is for relief against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;
(b)    appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(c)    orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

-57-
        



(9)    (x) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $20.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (a) any default or breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the performance of its obligations under the Security Documents or this Indenture which adversely affects the condition or value of such Collateral or the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Liens in such Collateral, in each case taken as a whole in any material respect, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (b) any security interest created under the Security Documents or under this Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) the Issuer or any of the Guarantors asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Collateral is invalid or unenforceable.
The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Event of Default (other than a payment default) and shall not have any duty or responsibility in respect thereof unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice of such Event of Default.
SECTION 6.2     Acceleration .
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided , however , that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.
If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if a responsible committee of the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders to do so.
SECTION 6.3     Other Remedies .
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.


-58-
        



SECTION 6.4     Waiver of Past Defaults .
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a default:
(i) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or
(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
SECTION 6.5     Control by Majority .
Subject to the terms of the Security Documents and Section 7.2(f), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust power conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
SECTION 6.6     Limitation on Suits .
A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
(a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives such notice from the Issuer;
(b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(c) such Holder or Holders, provide to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the provision of such indemnity; and
(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
SECTION 6.7     Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.8     Collection Suit by Trustee .
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole

-59-
        



amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
SECTION 6.9     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on any such claims and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
SECTION 6.10     Priorities .
Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, any money collected by the Trustee (or received by the Trustee from the Collateral Agent under any Security Documents) pursuant to this Article VI and any money or other property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) and Collateral Agent, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or Collateral Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest respectively; and
Third: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.
SECTION 6.11     Undertaking for Costs .
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good

-60-
        



faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.1     Duties of Trustee .
(a)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and the Security Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(b)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i)    the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii)    in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the certificates and opinions specifically required to be furnished to it to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts or conclusions stated therein).
(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)    this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;
(ii)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof or otherwise in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, under this Indenture or the Security Documents.
(d)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture or any provision of any Security Document that in any way relates to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent is subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof.
(e)    No provision of this Indenture or the Security Documents shall require the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of their rights and powers under this Indenture or the Security Documents at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

-61-
        



(f)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
SECTION 7.2     Rights of Trustee .
(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.
(b)    Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing and the Trustee shall be fully protected from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel or on any Opinion of Counsel.
(c)    The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.
(d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate.
(e)    Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor.
(f)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(g)    The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Issuer or any Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(h)    The rights, privileges, protections and benefits given to the Trustee, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Persons employed to act hereunder or under any Security Document (including the Collateral Agent).
(i)    The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

-62-
        



(j)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (other than a payment default) unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.
(k)    The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any actions enumerated in this Indenture or any Security Document shall not be construed as a duty.
SECTION 7.3     Individual Rights of Trustee .
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
SECTION 7.4     Trustee’s Disclaimer .
Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for or make any representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, or the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession actually received by it in accordance with the terms hereof) for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Lien in the Collateral, and neither shall be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, neither shall be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any statement or recital in any document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication on the Notes.
SECTION 7.5     Notice of Defaults .
If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after knowledge by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a responsible committee of the officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
SECTION 7.6     Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .
Within 60 days after each March 1 beginning with the March 1, 2016, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also deliver all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).
SECTION 7.7     Compensation and Indemnity .
The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the Issuer and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (which for purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include its respective officers, directors, stockholders, employees and agents) against any and all claims, damage, losses, liabilities or expenses including taxes (other than taxes based

-63-
        



upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder except to the extent any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of their obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) may have separate counsel, but at the Trustee’s (or the Collateral Agent’s, as the case may be) expense unless the named parties in any such proceeding (including impleaded parties) include both the Issuer and the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) and in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee (or Collateral Agent, as the case may be) representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing or conflicting interests between them. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, except that held in trust to pay principal or interest, if any, on particular Notes.
In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee or the Collateral Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Trustee ” for the purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder or under any Security Document; provided , however , that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.
The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
The provisions of this Section 7.7, including the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder, shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 7.8     Replacement of Trustee or Collateral Agent .
A resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s or Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.
The Trustee or the Collateral Agent may resign in writing at any time, on thirty-one days’ prior notice, and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, on thirty-one days’ prior notice, by so notifying the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, on thirty-one days’ prior notice, if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(b) the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under any Bankruptcy Law;

-64-
        



(c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, or its property; or
(d) the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable. Within one year after the successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, to replace the successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, appointed by the Issuer.
If a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable,.
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee or Collateral Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall have all the rights, powers and the duties of the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall deliver a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, to the successor Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, provided that all sums owing to the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under and the Lien provided for in Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable.
SECTION 7.9     Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .
If the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.
SECTION 7.10     Eligibility; Disqualification .
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee together with its Affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.


-65-
        



SECTION 7.11     Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer .
The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
SECTION 7.12     Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer .
Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than twenty Business Days after the date any officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.
SECTION 7.13     Limitation of Liability .
In no event shall the Trustee, in its capacity as such or as Collateral Agent, Paying Agent or Registrar or in any other capacity hereunder, be liable for punitive, indirect, special or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. The provisions of this Section 7.13 shall survive satisfaction and discharge or the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
SECTION 7.14     Collateral Agent .
The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent as if the Collateral Agent were named as the Trustee herein and the Security Documents were named as this Indenture herein. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Indenture.
SECTION 7.15     Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent .
At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the written request of (i) the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or (ii) the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes, the Issuer shall for such purpose join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint, one or more Persons approved by the Trustee either to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent of any such property, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section 7.15. If the Issuer does not join in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent alone shall have power to make such appointment.
Should any written instrument from the Issuer be requested by any co-trustee or separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so appointed for more fully confirming to such co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request of such co-trustee or separate trustee or separate collateral agent, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer.

-66-
        



Any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall agree in writing to be and shall be subject to the provisions of the applicable Security Documents as if it were the Trustee thereunder (and the Trustee shall continue to be so subject).
Every co-trustee or separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms, namely:
(a) The Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised solely, by the Trustee.
(b) The rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property covered by such appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, or by the Trustee and such co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee, separate trustee or separate collateral agent, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent.
(c) The Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Issuer, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent appointed under this Section 7.15, and, in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent without the concurrence of the Issuer. Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal. A successor to any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 7.15.
(d) No co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder shall be liable by reason of any act or omission of the Trustee, or any other such trustee, co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder.
(e) Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be liable by reason of any act or omission of any co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent.
(f) Any act of holders delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent, as the case may be.
SECTION 7.16     Limitation on Duty of Trustee and Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification .
(a)    Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any responsibility for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral

-67-
        



in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in good faith.
(b)    Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture or any other Security Document by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or any other Person.
ARTICLE VIII
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.1     Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
The Issuer may, at the option of their Boards of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII .
SECTION 8.2     Legal Defeasance .
Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ legal defeasance ”). For this purpose, legal defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.4(l); (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, benefits and immunities of the Trustee, including under Section 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 hereof and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; (d) the Issuer’s rights pursuant to Section 3.7; and (e) the provisions of this Article VIII. Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof.
SECTION 8.3     Covenant Defeasance .
Upon the Issuer’s and the Guarantors, if applicable, exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if applicable, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 5.1 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ” and, together with legal defeasance, “ defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in

-68-
        



connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (9) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
SECTION 8.4     Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
The following shall be the conditions to the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantors to effect legal defeasance or covenant defeasance with respect to the outstanding Notes:
In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance:
(1)    the Issuer must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the Holders of such Notes: (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. government obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the entire indebtedness in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or (if the Issuer has made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) the redemption date thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Notes; provided , that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated by the Issuer as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption; any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(2)    in the case of legal defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge were not to occur;
(3)    in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur;

-69-
        



(4)    no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit after giving effect thereto (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowing);
(5)    such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound; and
(6)    the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.
SECTION 8.5     Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. government obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust, shall not be invested, and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer and be relieved of all liability with respect to any money or non-callable U.S. government obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.
SECTION 8.6     Repayment to Issuer .
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 8.7     Reinstatement .
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable U.S. government obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Issuer

-70-
        



makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
SECTION 8.8     Discharge .
The Issuer and the Guarantors may terminate the obligations under this Indenture and the Security Documents (a “ Discharge ”) when:
(1)    either: (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or (B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the Stated Maturity or date of redemption;
(2)    the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; provided , that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated by the Issuer as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “ Applicable Premium Deficit ”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption; any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(3)    the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors is bound;
(4)    the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and
(5)    the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Discharge and any redemption, if applicable, have been complied with.
ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
SECTION 9.1     Without Consent of Holders of the Notes .
Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents for any of the following purposes:
(1)    to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer or such Guarantor in this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Notes;

-71-
        



(2)    to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;
(3)    to add additional Events of Default;
(4)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the Certificated Notes;
(5)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture and the Security Documents by a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent;
(6)    to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(7)    to add to the Collateral securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture;
(8)    to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency; provided that any such change shall not adversely affect the Holders in any material respect;
(9)    to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee;
(10)    to conform the text of this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum;
(11)    to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;
(12)    to provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents or subordinate to such Lien when permitted or required by the Security Documents or this Indenture; or
(13)    to enter into or amend the Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents (or supplement the Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents) under circumstances provided therein including (x) if the Issuer incurs First Lien Obligations and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) in connection with the refinancing of the Revolving Credit Agreement and to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include any of the foregoing in the Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents.
SECTION 9.2     With Consent of Holders of Notes .
(a)    With the consent of (i) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture (together with the other consents required thereby) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture, including the definitions herein, and (ii) the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or otherwise modify in any manner the Security Documents or the obligations thereunder, including, without

-72-
        



limitation, as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral, release the Lien on such Collateral; in connection with any amendment or modification of Security Documents contemplated by clause (ii), each series of Second Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) will cast its votes in accordance with the documents governing such series of Second Lien Obligations; the amount of Second Lien Obligations to be voted by a series of Second Lien Obligations will equal the aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Obligations held by such series of Second Lien Obligations; following and in accordance with the outcome of the applicable vote under its documents, the representative of each series of Second Lien Obligations will cast all of its votes under that series of Second Lien Obligations as a block in respect of any vote under the Security Documents; the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on the information with respect to the amount of the relevant Second Lien Obligations and the outcome of the applicable vote supplied to it by the Trustee or any representative of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations with respect to the applicable Second Lien Obligations; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture, modification or amendment shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:
(1)    change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,
(2)    reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture or amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture,
(3)    modify the obligations of the Issuer to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales or Excess Proceeds from an Event of Loss if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control, or after the obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen, as applicable; provided that prior to the occurrence of a Change Control, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive the requirement to make or complete an Offer to Purchase,
(4)    subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Issuer,
(5)    modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 or provisions of Section 6.4 of this Indenture relating to waivers of past payment defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or
(6)    release any Guarantees required to be maintained under this Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).
(b)    In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents or modifying the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66⅔% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Additional Notes) then outstanding, voting as one class.



-73-
        



SECTION 9.3     Revocation and Effect of Consents .
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it thereafter binds every Holder.
The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished for the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.
SECTION 9.4     Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
After any amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Issuer shall deliver to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
SECTION 9.5     Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc .
The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer and the Guarantors may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until their respective Boards of Directors approve it. In signing or refusing to sign any amendment or supplemental indenture the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived and that such amendment or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith.
ARTICLE X

SECURITY
SECTION 10.1     Security Documents; Additional Collateral .
(a)     Security Documents . In order to secure the due and punctual payment of the Obligations, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and the other parties thereto have simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture entered or, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17, Section 4.19 and this Article X will enter into the Security Documents.
(b)     Post-Closing Collateral . The Issuer and the Guarantors will take the actions required by Section 4.10 (Post-Closing Collateral Matters) of the Security Agreement.



-74-
        



SECTION 10.2     Recording, Registration and Opinions .
Any release of Collateral permitted or required by Section 10.3 hereof or the Security Documents will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any Person that is required to deliver a certificate or opinion under this Indenture or the Security Documents, shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and opinion.
SECTION 10.3     Releases of Collateral .
The Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees will, automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released:
(a)    in whole or in part, with the consent of the requisite holders in accordance with Article IX , including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes;
(b)    in whole, upon:
(i)    Discharge of this Indenture under Section 8.8 hereof; or
(ii)    a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture under Article VIII hereof;
(iii)    upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other Obligations on the Notes issued under this Indenture;
(c)    in whole or in part and in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, in connection with a sale or other disposition of the Collateral;
(i)    in connection with an Enforcement Action (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) by the First Lien Agent;
(ii)    any disposition of Collateral to a person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted under the First Lien Documents as in effect on the Issue Date, other than in connection with a Discharge of First Lien Obligations or after and during the continuance of any Event of Default;
(iii)    consented to by the First Lien Agent after the occurrence of an event of default under the First Lien Credit Documents in connection with good faith efforts by First Lien Agent to collect the First Lien Obligations through the disposition of Collateral with the net cash proceeds of such disposition being used to permanently retire First Lien Obligations and cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so repaid; provided that, in each case, the First Lien Agent has released its Liens on the applicable Collateral;
(d)    in part, as to any asset constituting Collateral:
(i)    that is sold or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (other than any such sale to the Issuer or a Guarantor) in a transaction permitted under Section 4.10 and the Security Documents (to the extent of the interest sold or disposed of) or otherwise permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents, if all other Liens on that asset securing the First Lien Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations then secured by that asset (including all commitments thereunder) are released (other than in connection with a Discharge of First Lien Obligations or after and during the continuance of an Event of Default);
(ii)    that is cash withdrawn from deposit accounts for the benefit of a person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor for any purpose not prohibited under this Indenture or the Security Documents;

-75-
        



(iii)    that is a Capital Interest of a Subsidiary of the Issuer to the extent necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 or Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act, due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Interest secures the Notes or Guarantees, to file separate financial statements with the Commission (or any other governmental agency);
(iv)    that is used to make a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment permitted by this Indenture to the extent such Collateral is transferred to a person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor;
(v)    that becomes Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement); or
(vi)    that is otherwise released in accordance with, and as expressly provided for in accordance with, this Indenture and the Security Documents.
SECTION 10.4     Form and Sufficiency of Release .
In the event that either the Issuer or any Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral that, under the terms of this Indenture may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor, and the Issuer or such Guarantor requests the Collateral Agent to furnish a written disclaimer, release or quitclaim of any interest in such property under this Indenture, the applicable Guarantee and the Security Documents, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such release complies with Section 10.3 and specifying the provision in Section 10.3 pursuant to which such release is being made (upon which the Collateral Agent may exclusively and conclusively rely), the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer or such Guarantor such an instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, and providing for release without representation, warranty or recourse (other than with respect to Liens attributable to it) and shall take such other action, at the sole cost and expense of the Issuer or Guarantor, as the Issuer or such Guarantor may reasonably request and as necessary to effect such release. Before executing, acknowledging or delivering any such instrument, the Collateral Agent shall be furnished with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (on which the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to conclusively and exclusively rely) each stating that such release is authorized and permitted by the terms hereof and the Security Documents and that all conditions precedent with respect to such release have been complied with.
SECTION 10.5     Possession and Use of Collateral .
Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of and to exercise all rights with respect to the Collateral (other than monies or U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Article VIII , and other than as set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture), to operate, manage, develop, lease, use, consume and enjoy the Collateral (other than monies and U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Article VIII and other than as set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture), to alter or repair any Collateral so long as such alterations and repairs do not impair the creation or perfection of the Lien of the Security Documents thereon, and to collect, receive, use, invest and dispose of the reversions, remainders, interest, rents, lease payments, issues, profits, revenues, proceeds and other income thereof.
SECTION 10.6     Purchaser Protected .
No purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purporting to be released shall be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent to execute the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such authority so long as the conditions set forth in Section 10.4 have been satisfied.
SECTION 10.7     Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents .
In acting hereunder and under the Security Documents, the Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, indemnities and benefits

-76-
        



provided to the Trustee hereunder as if such were provided to the Collateral Agent. Furthermore, each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, appoints The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as its collateral agent, and consents to the terms of and authorizes and directs the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and the Collateral Agent to enter into and perform the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents in each of its capacities thereunder.
SECTION 10.8     Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreement .
Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of Holders distributed under the Security Documents to the Trustee, to apply such funds as provided in this Indenture and the Security Documents.
SECTION 10.9     Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent .
In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article X upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article X .
SECTION 10.10     Appointment and Authorization of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. Trust as Collateral Agent .
(a)    The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is hereby designated and appointed as the Collateral Agent of the Holders under the Security Documents, and is authorized and directed as the Collateral Agent for such Holders to execute and enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and each of the Security Documents and all other instruments relating to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents and (i) to take action and exercise such powers as are expressly required or permitted hereunder and under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents and all instruments relating hereto and thereto and (ii) to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are in each case, expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and thereof together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental hereto and thereto.
(b)    Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture or the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein or therein or any fiduciary relationship with any Holder, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture or any Security Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.
(c)    The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Security Documents in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
ARTICLE XI

NOTE GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.1     Note Guarantees .
(a)    Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on

-77-
        



any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise; and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Note Guarantee or the Indenture. Each of the Note Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection.
(b)    Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.
(c)    Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and such Note Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal or premium, if any or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.
(d)    If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Note Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This paragraph (d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned. This paragraph (d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture.
(e)    Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.
SECTION 11.2     Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee .
To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1, each Guarantor agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Note Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a board member, director or member, as applicable) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature. In case the officer, board member or director or member of such Guarantor who shall have signed such notation of Note Guarantee shall cease to be such Officer, board member, director or member before the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been

-78-
        



authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered as though the Person who signed such notation of Note Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer, board member, director or member.
Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.
SECTION 11.3     Severability .
In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 11.4     Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability .
Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
SECTION 11.5     Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .
No Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor, unless:
(1)    immediately after giving effect to such transactions no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(2)    either:
(A)    the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture; or
(B)    the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and
(3)    the Issuers deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively and exclusively rely), stating that such sale, other disposition, consolidation or merger complies with the requirements of this Indenture.
Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantors under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as a Guarantor herein, as applicable; and when a Surviving

-79-
        



Entity duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Guarantors pursuant to this Indenture and the Note Guarantees, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations.
Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.
SECTION 11.6     Release of a Guarantor .
The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released:
(a) in the event of a sale or other transfer (including by way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Interests in such Guarantor in compliance with Section 4.10 following which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary;
(b) upon the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.18;
(c) upon a release of such Guarantor from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security interest, if any, granted under the Revolving Credit Agreement in connection with an enforcement action by the collateral agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement; provided that (x) prior to such release, such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (y) after giving effect to such release, such Guarantor will not guarantee any indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(d) in connection with a Discharge, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance in compliance with Article VIII.
Upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall execute documentation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, documentating such release. Upon any release of a Guarantor from its Notes Guarantee, such Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released from its obligations under the Security Documents.
SECTION 11.7     Benefits Acknowledged .
Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its Notes guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
SECTION 11.8     Future Guarantors .
Each Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.17 shall promptly (but no longer than thirty (30) days of becoming required to become a Guarantor) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit E pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively and exclusively rely) to the effect, subject to customary assumptions and qualifications, that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

-80-
        



ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.1     Notices .
Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier, other electronic means or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address:
If to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
968 James Street
Syracuse, NY 13203
Facsimile: 315-475-9616
Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel
With a copy to:

Akerman LLP
666 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10103
Facsimile: 212-880-8965
Attention: Wayne A. Wald, Esq.
If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor
Pittsburgh, PA 15259
Facsimile: (412) 234-7535
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders and the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee shall only be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail or by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent such notice is required by the TIA or would be so required were the TIA applicable this Indenture. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

-81-
        



If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided, however, that, the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced on or before delivery of any such instructions or directions whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail, pdf or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.
SECTION 12.2     Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .
Holders may communicate in accordance with TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
SECTION 12.3     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:
(a) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.4 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.4 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
SECTION 12.4     Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.


-82-
        



SECTION 12.5     Rules by Trustee and Agents .
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
SECTION 12.6     No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .
No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or this Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 12.7     Governing Law .
THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY. The parties to this Indenture each hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture, and all such parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court and hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
SECTION 12.8     No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
SECTION 12.9     Successors .
All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, shall bind their respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns.
SECTION 12.10     Severability .
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 12.11     Counterpart Originals .
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
SECTION 12.12     Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

-83-
        



SECTION 12.13     Acts of Holders .
(a)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 12.13.
(b)    The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c)    The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Holder list maintained under Section 2.5 hereunder.
(d)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
(e)    If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.
SECTION 12.14     Intercreditor Agreement .
The Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders are bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents.
SECTION 12.15     Patriot Act .
The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Agreement agree that they will provide The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. with such information as it may request in order for The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

-84-
        



SECTION 12.16     Tax Matters .
Each of the Issuer and the Trustee agree (i) to cooperate and to provide the other with such reasonable information as each may have in its possession to enable the determination of whether any payments pursuant to the Indenture are subject to the withholding requirements described in Section 1471(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations, or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof (“Applicable Law”), and (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under the Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law, for which the Trustee shall not have any liability.
[Signatures on following page]


-85-
        



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
By:     /s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders    
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer    
CARROLS CORPORATION
By:     /s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders    
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer    
CARROLS LLC
By:     /s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders    
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer

S-1
        



THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:     /s/ Lawrence M. Kusch    
    Name: Lawrence M. Kusch    
    Title: Vice President    


S-2
        



EXHIBIT A
FORM OF 8.00% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTE

(Face of 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Note)
8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022
[Global Note Legend]
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.
[Restricted Note Legend]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE

A-1
        



SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) PURSUANT TO (C), (D) OR (E), THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

A-2
        



Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.

8.00% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTE DUE 2022
No.     INITIAL NOTES CUSIP:    144A: 14574X AC8
Reg S: U14539 AB3    INITIAL NOTES ISIN:    144A: US14574XAC83
Reg S: USU14539AB35
Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of [               ] ($[ ]) on May 1, 2022.
Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, beginning [        ], 20[ ]
Record Dates: April 15 and October 15
Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3
        



CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
By:             
    Name:    Title:

A-4
        




TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
Dated: [ ] [ ], 20[ ]
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:         
    Authorized Signatory

A-5
        



(Reverse of 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Note)
8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022

Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
(1)     Interest .
(a)    Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note (the “ Notes ”) at the rate of 8.00% per annum . The Issuer will pay interest in United States dollars (except as otherwise provided herein) semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1, commencing on [ ] [ ], 20[ ], or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes (including any Additional Interest, if any) shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including April 29, 2015. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.
(b)     Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers.
(2)     Method of Payment . The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 and October 15 (whether or not a Business Day) preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided written wire transfer instructions to the Issuer and the Paying Agent at least three Business Days prior to the date of any such payment. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
Any payments of principal of and interest on this Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes.
(3)     Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

A-6
        



(4)     Indenture . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). To the extent the provisions of this Note are inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. The Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior secured Obligations of the Issuer limited to $200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount, plus amounts, if any, sufficient to pay premium and interest on outstanding Notes as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof. The Indenture permits the issuance of Additional Notes subject to compliance with certain conditions.
The payment of principal and interest on the Notes is unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the Guarantors.
(5)     Optional Redemption .
(a)    The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to May 1, 2018, at the option of the Issuer upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
(c)    The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time on or after May 1, 2018, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated:
Year
Percentage
2018
104.000%
2019
102.000%
2020 and thereafter
100.000%

(d)    Prior to May 1, 2018, the Issuer may, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 108.00% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Equity Offering.
(6)     Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth under Sections 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
(7)     Repurchase at Option of Holder .
(a)    Upon the occurrence of certain events, the Issuer may be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or as a result of a Change of Control.

A-7
        



(b)    Holders of the Notes that are the subject of an Offer to Purchase will receive notice of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or as a result of a Change of Control from the Issuer prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form titled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.
(8)     Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be mailed (and, to the extent permitted by applicable procedures or regulations, electronically delivered) at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address; provided that notices of redemption may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions hereof called for redemption.
(9)     Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of the Notes may be registered and the Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
(10)     Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
(11)     Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to the following paragraphs, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes.
Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture for any of the following purposes:
(1)    to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer or such Guarantor in the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and in the Notes;
(2)    to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;
(3)    to add additional Events of Default;
(4)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the Certificated Notes;
(5)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture and the Security Documents by a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent;

A-8
        



(6)    to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
(7)    to add to the Collateral Securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor and Collateral in accordance with the Indenture;
(8)    to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency; provided that any such change shall not adversely affect the Holders;
(9)    to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture; provided that such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee;
(10)    to conform the text of the Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum;
(11)    to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;
(12)    to provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents or subordinate to such Lien when permitted or required by the Security Documents or the Indenture; or
(13)    to enter into or amend the Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents (or supplement the Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents) under circumstances provided therein including (x) if the Issuer incurs First Lien Obligations and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) in connection with the refinancing of the Revolving Credit Agreement and to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include any of the foregoing in the Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents.
With the consent of (i) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the Indenture (together with the other consents required thereby) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under the Indenture, including the definitions therein, and (ii) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, voting as one class, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or otherwise modify in any manner the Security Documents or the obligations thereunder, including, without limitation, as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral, release the Lien on such Collateral; in connection with any amendment or modification of Security Documents contemplated by clause (ii), each series of Second Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) will cast its votes in accordance with the documents governing such series of Second Lien Obligations; the amount of Second Lien Obligations to be voted by a series of Second Lien Obligations will equal the aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Obligations held by such series of Second Lien Obligations; following and in accordance with the outcome of the applicable vote under its documents, the representative of each series of Second Lien Obligations will cast all of its votes under that series of Second Lien Obligations as a block in respect of any vote under the Security Documents; the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on the information with respect to the amount of the relevant Second Lien Obligations and the outcome of the applicable vote supplied to it by the Trustee or any representative of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations with respect to the applicable Second Lien Obligations; provided , however , that no such

A-9
        



supplemental indenture, modification or amendment shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:
(1)    change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,
(2)    reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture or amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for in the Indenture,
(3)    modify the obligations of the Issuer to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales or Excess Proceeds from an Event of Loss if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control, or after the obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen, as applicable; provided that prior to the occurrence of a Change Control, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive the requirement to make or complete an Offer to Purchase,
(4)    subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Issuer,
(5)    modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waivers of past payment defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or
(6)    release any Guarantees required to be maintained under the Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).
In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents or modifying the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the holders of at least 66⅔% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Additional Notes) then outstanding, voting as one class.
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default:
(1)    in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or
(2)    in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
(12)     Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default include:

A-10
        



(1)    default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);
(2)    default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;
(3)    the Issuer fails to accept and pay for Notes tendered when and as required pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as described under Section 4.14;
(4)    except as permitted by the Indenture, (i) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as specifically provided in the Indenture) for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof by the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes or (ii) the Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason be asserted by any of the Guarantors or the Issuer not to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;
(5)    default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in the Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;
(6)    a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $20.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $20.0 million of principal amount of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;
(7)    the entry against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0 million and not covered by insurance (not disputed), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisଁed for a period of 60 consecutive days;
(8)    (i) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(a)    commences a voluntary case,
(b)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(c)    consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(d)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

A-11
        



(e)    admits, in writing, its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(ii)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(a)    is for relief against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;
(b)    appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(c)    orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
(9)    (x) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $20.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (a) any default or breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the performance of its obligations under the Security Documents or the Indenture which adversely affects the condition or value of such Collateral or the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Liens in such Collateral, in each case taken as a whole in any material respect, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (b) any security interest created under the Security Documents or under the Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) the Issuer or any of the Guarantors asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Collateral is invalid or unenforceable.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided , however , that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.
If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders to do so.

A-12
        



(13)     Trustee Dealings with Issuer . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for Issuer, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with Issuer, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
(14)     No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner, member or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner, member or incorporator.
(15)     Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
(16)     Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
(17)     CUSIP, ISIN Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
968 James Street
Syracuse, NY 13203
Facsimile: 315-475-9616
Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel

A-13
        



ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
    
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
    
    
    
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint     
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date: __________
Your Signature:         
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature guarantee:         
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

A-14
        



OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 4.10 (Asset Sale) or 4.14 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box below:
[   ] Section 4.10    [   ] Section 4.14
If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $
Date: __________    Your Signature:         
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)
Tax Identification No.:
Signature guarantee:         
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

A-15
        



CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON
EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
968 James Street
Syracuse, NY 13203
Facsimile: 315-475-9616
Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor
Pittsburgh, PA 15259
Facsimile: (412) 234-7535
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Re:
Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022


CUSIP #    
Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated April 29, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”) among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.
The undersigned __________________ (transferor) (check one box below):
hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Indenture; or
hereby requests the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes to _____________     (transferee).
In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
(1)        to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries; or
(2)        inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A thereunder; or

A-16
        



(3)        outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.
_______________________________________________
Signature
Signature guarantee:         
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature
guarantee medallion program)
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Rule 144A ”), and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
[Name of Transferee]
Dated: ____________         
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

A-17
        



SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF 8.00% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes have been made:
Date of Exchange
Amount of Decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note
Amount of Increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note
Principal Amount of this Global Note Following Such Decrease (or Increase)
Signature of Authorized Officer of Trustee or 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes Custodian
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



A-18
        



EXHIBIT B
FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE
Each Guarantor listed below (hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantor ,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2015, by and among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”) and any additional Guarantors) has guaranteed the Notes and the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of the Issuer, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Note Guarantee or the Indenture.
The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Note Guarantee.
No stockholder, employee, officer, director, general or limited partner, member or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Note Guarantee by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director, general or limited partner, member or incorporator.
This is a continuing Note Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Note Guarantee of payment and not of collectability.
This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

B-1
        



THE TERMS OF ARTICLE XII OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

B-2
        



Dated as of _________________
[GUARANTORS]
By:             
    Name:    
    Title:    


B-3
        



EXHIBIT C
[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A]
Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
968 James Street
Syracuse, NY 13203
Facsimile: 315-475-9616
Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor
Pittsburgh, PA 15259
Facsimile: (412) 234-7535
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Re:     Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”) 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022
    
(the “ Notes ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $________ aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A ”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment discretion, and such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours,
            
[Name of Transferor]
By:             
Authorized Signature
Signature guarantee:         
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature
guarantee medallion program)


C-1
        



EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
PURSUANT TO REGULATION S]
Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
968 James Street
Syracuse, NY 13203
Facsimile: 315-475-9616
Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor
Pittsburgh, PA 15259
Facsimile: (412) 234-7535
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Re:     Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”) 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022
    
(the “ Notes ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $________ aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
(1)    the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(2)    either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;
(3)    no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and
(4)    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b), as the case may be.

D-1
        



The Issuer and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
Very truly yours,
            
[Name of Transferor]
By:             
Authorized Signature
Signature guarantee:
    
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature
guarantee medallion program)


D-2
        



EXHIBIT E
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE IN RESPECT OF GUARANTEE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [_________] (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among [name of Guarantor[s]] (the “ Guarantor[s] ”), Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2015 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022 of the Issuer (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, Section 11.8 of the Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to cause the Guarantor[s] to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantor[s] shall guarantee the Notes pursuant to [a] Guarantee[s] on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XI of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, [the][each] Guarantor desires to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Issuer;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; and
WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer have been done.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor[s], the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.
2.     Agreement to Guarantee . [The] [Each] Guarantor hereby agree[s], jointly and severally with [all] [any] other Guarantor[s], fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Notes and the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Guarantor.
3.     Termination, Release and Discharge . [The] [Each] Guarantor’s Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of its Guarantee, only as and when provided in Section 11.6 of the Indenture.
4.     Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Guarantor’s Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XI of the Indenture.
5.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE

E-1
        



WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. THE ISSUER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. THE ISSUER AND EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THAT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE TRUSTEE OR ANY HOLDER OF THE NOTES TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE ISSUER OR ANY GUARANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
6.     Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.
7.     Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
8.     Headings . The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.
9.     Trustee . The Trustee accepts the amendment of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to execute the trust created by the Indenture as hereby amended, but only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee, which terms and provisions shall in like manner define and limit its liabilities and responsibilities in the performance of the trust created by the Indenture as hereby amended. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Issuer or for or with respect to (i) the validity, efficacy, or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof, (ii) the proper authorization hereof by the Issuer or Guarantors, as applicable, by corporate action or otherwise, or (iii) the due execution hereof by the Issuer or Guarantors, as applicable, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect to any such matters.


E-2
        



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
[GUARANTOR], as Guarantor
By:             
    Name:    
    Title:    
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
By:             
    Name:    
    Title:    
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:             
Name:    
Title:    


 
        
EXHIBIT 4.3

EXECUTION VERSION





REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


by and among


Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.

and

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC




Dated as of April 29, 2015





REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 29, 2015, by Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer” ), the entities named in Schedule I hereto, (the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative (the “ Representative ”) of the Initial Purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) set forth on Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement who have agreed to purchase the Issuer’s 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “ Guarantees ”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “ Securities .”
This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated April 15, 2015 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Representative (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of Transfer Restricted Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities, the Issuer has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers, as set forth in Section 6(m) of the Purchase Agreement.
The parties hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions .
As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:
Additional Interest: As defined in Section 5 hereof.
Advice: As defined in Section 6(c) hereof.
Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.
Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.
Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.
Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “ Consummated ” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement





continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Issuer to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Date: As defined in Section 3(a) hereto.
Exchange Offer: The registration by the Issuer under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Issuer offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.
Exchange Securities: The 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022, of the same series under the Indenture as the Transfer Restricted Securities, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement.
FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
Guarantees: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Guarantors: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.
Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Issuer of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Initial Securities : The Securities issued and sold by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date.

-2-



Issuer : As defined in the preamble hereto.
Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.
Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Registration Actions: As defined in Section 4(c) hereof.
Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.
Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuer relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.
Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.
Suspension Period: As defined in Section 4(c) hereof.
Transfer Restricted Securities: The Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement or (ii) the date on which such Securities cease to be outstanding.
Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
SECTION 2.      Securities Subject to this Agreement .

-3-



(a)      Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.
(b)      Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “ Holder ”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.
SECTION 3.      Registered Exchange Offer .
(a)      Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), or there are no Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding, the Issuer shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 180 days after the Closing Date (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective at the earliest possible time, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer; provided , however , that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to (x) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(a) or (y) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject and (iv) as promptly as practicable after the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to Consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 270 days following the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the “ Exchange Date ”). The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.
(b)      The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided , however , that in no event shall such period be less than 30 days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders; provided, further, that such period shall be extended by the number of days in any Suspension Period. The Issuer shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Issuer shall use its best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated by the Exchange Date.

-4-



(c)      The Issuer shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuer), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.
The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.
The Issuer shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.
SECTION 4.      Shelf Registration .
(a)      Shelf Registration . If (i) the Issuer is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated by the Exchange Date, or (iii) prior to the Exchange Date: (A) the Initial Purchasers request from the Issuer with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, (B) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities such Holder notifies the Issuer that (i) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (ii) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration

-5-



Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (iii) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuer or one of its affiliates or (C) the Initial Purchasers notify the Issuer they will not receive Exchange Securities in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities constituting any portion of the Initial Purchasers’ unsold allotment, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall:
(x)    cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), on or prior to the 50th day after the date on which the Issuer receives such notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or an Initial Purchaser (such date being the “ Shelf Filing Deadline ”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; provided that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be filed earlier than the 180th day following the Closing Date (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day); and
(y)    use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective as promptly as practicable, but no later than (A) 60 days (or if such 60th day is not a Business Day the next succeeding Business Day), or (B) 50 days if the Shelf Registration Statement is not reviewed by the Commission (or if such 50th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), after such time such obligation to file first arises; provided that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective earlier than the 270th day following the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).
The Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders of such Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, from the date on which the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until the expiration of the one-year period referred to in Rule 144 applicable to securities held by non-affiliates under the Securities Act (or shorter period) that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.
(b)      Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuer in writing, within 10 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Issuer may reasonably request for use in

-6-



connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuer by such Holder not materially misleading.
(c)      Suspension . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary and subject to the limitation set forth in the next succeeding paragraph, at any time after the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer shall be entitled to suspend its obligation to file any amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, furnish any supplement or amendment to a Prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, make any other filing with the Commission, cause the Shelf Registration Statement or other filing with the Commission to remain effective or take any similar action (collectively, “ Registration Actions ”) upon (A) the issuance by the Commission of a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of proceedings with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act, (B) the occurrence of any event or the existence of any fact as a result of which the Shelf Registration Statement would or shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or the related Prospectus would or shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (C) the occurrence or existence of any corporate development that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, makes it appropriate to postpone or suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus. Upon the occurrence of any of the conditions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) above, the Issuer shall give prompt notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) thereof to the Holders. Upon the termination of such condition, the Issuer shall give prompt notice thereof to the Holders and shall promptly proceed with all Registration Actions that were suspended pursuant to this paragraph.
The Issuer may only suspend Registration Actions pursuant to the preceding paragraph for one or more periods (each, a “ Suspension Period ”) not to exceed, in the aggregate, (x) forty-five (45) days in any three month period or (y) ninety (90) days in any twelve month period. Any Suspension Period will not alter the obligations of the Issuer to pay Additional Interest under the circumstances set forth in Section 5 hereof, if applicable. Each Suspension Period shall be deemed to begin on the date the relevant Suspension Notice is given to the Holders and shall be deemed to end on the earlier to occur of (1) the date on which the Issuer gives the Holders a notice that the Suspension Period has terminated and (2) the date on which the number of days during which a Suspension Period has been in effect exceeds, in the aggregate, (x) forty-five (45) days in any three month period or (y) ninety (90) days in any twelve month period.
SECTION 5.      Additional Interest .
If (i) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated on or prior to the date specified for such consummation in this Agreement, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such

-7-



effectiveness in this Agreement or (iii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement (other than during a Suspension Period), as applicable (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “ Registration Default ”), the Issuer hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period (such increase, “ Additional Interest ”), but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to the particular Transfer Restricted Securities the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided , however , that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the amount of Additional Interest pursuant to this Section 5 shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities who is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration Statement shall not be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration Statement.
All accrued Additional Interest shall be payable to the Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Securities. All obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.
SECTION 6.      Registration Procedures .
(a)      Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof set forth in the Registration Statement, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:
(i)      As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Issuer, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Issuer (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Issuer, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Issuer’s preparations for the

-8-



Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S‑K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Issuer.
(b)      Shelf Registration Statement. If required pursuant to Section 4, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement, and pursuant thereto the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will as promptly as practicable prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement.
(c)      General Provisions. Except as otherwise provided herein, in connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by Broker-Dealers), the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall:
(i)      use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Issuer shall file as promptly as practicable an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use their best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;
(ii)      prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the

-9-



Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
(iii)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, advise the underwriter(s), if any, and the selling Holders as promptly as practicable and, if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, advise the Initial Purchasers as promptly as practicable, and, in each case, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest practicable time;
(iv)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, furnish without charge to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein, and permit one legal counsel to the Initial Purchasers and such Holders and underwriter(s), if any, with an opportunity to review and comment upon any such Registration Statement or Prospectus within a reasonable period prior to their filing with the Commission and upon all amendments and supplements thereto such lesser period prior to their filing with the Commission as shall

-10-



be reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances, and the Issuer shall not file any documents to which such legal counsel to the Initial Purchasers and such Holders and underwriter(s), if any, reasonably objects in writing (it being agreed that such writing may for this purpose be in electronic format). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to take any actions under this Section 6(c)(iv) that are not, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Issuer, in compliance with applicable law or to include any disclosure which at the time would have an adverse effect on the business or operations of the Issuer and/or its subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;
(v)      promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document, to the extent requested, to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;
(vi)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and one firm of legal counsel or accountant retained by the Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors reasonably requested by any such Persons and cause the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any;
(vii)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

-11-



(viii)      use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;
(ix)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, furnish to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated by reference therein or exhibits thereto, unless requested);
(x)      deliver to (A) in the case of an Exchange Offer, each Broker-Dealer who submits a written request to the Issuer and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Issuer and each of the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;
(xi)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such customary representations and warranties, and take all such other customary and appropriate actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by a majority in aggregate principal amount of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall:
(A)      furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:
(1)      a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (e), (g) and (h) of Section 6 of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;

-12-



(2)      an opinion of counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors, covering substantially the subject matter of the opinion delivered pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Purchase Agreement, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement; and
(3)      a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Issuer’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Purchase Agreement;
(B)      set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and
(C)      deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any.
If at any time the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors contemplated by the certificate furnished pursuant to Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1) hereof cease to be true and correct, the Issuer or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;
(xii)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request in writing by the time the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, and use its best efforts to do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
(xiii)      in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, issue, upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate

-13-



principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities surrendered to the Issuer by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Issuer for cancellation;
(xiv)      cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least three Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);
(xv)      use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;
(xvi)      if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, use its best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of any material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(xvii)      provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;
(xviii)      reasonably cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA;
(xix)      otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Securities Act (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning

-14-



with the first month of the Issuer’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; and
(xx)      cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.
Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer of (i) the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof or (ii) the commencement a Suspension Period, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Issuer that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Issuer, each Holder will deliver to the Issuer (at the Issuer’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Issuer shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) or Section 4(c), as the case may be, hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice.
SECTION 7.      Registration Expenses .
(a)      All expenses incident to the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchasers or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities

-15-



exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).
The Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Issuer or the Guarantors.
(b)      In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.
Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.
SECTION 8.      Indemnification .
(a)      The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ controlling person ”) and (iii) the officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “ Indemnified Holder ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 does not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent arising out of an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission

-16-



that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Issuer or the Guarantors by any Holder or any underwriter, expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have.
In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Issuer or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result of such failure. If such Indemnified Holder is entitled to indemnification under this Section 8 with respect to any action or proceeding brought by a third party, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be entitled to assume the defense of any such action or proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Holder. Upon assumption by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the defense of any such action or proceeding, such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to participate in such action or proceeding and to retain its own counsel but the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be liable for any legal fees and expenses of other counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Holder in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed to pay such fees and expenses, (ii) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have failed to employ counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Holder in a timely manner or (iii) such Indemnified Holder shall have been advised by counsel that there are actual or potential conflicting interests between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Indemnified Holder, including situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Holder that are inconsistent with or additional to those available to the Issuer and the Guarantors; provided , however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not consent to the terms of any compromise or settlement of any action defended by the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with the foregoing without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Holder unless such compromise or settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Indemnified Holder.
(b)      Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of the Issuer and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuer and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in

-17-



any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Issuer, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Issuer and the Guarantors, and the Issuer, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and any such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.
(c)      If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Issuer and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuer, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.
The Issuer, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and the related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount

-18-



received by such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.
SECTION 9.      Rule 144A .
The Issuer and each of the Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
SECTION 10.      Participation in Underwritten Registrations .
No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
SECTION 11.      Selection of Underwriters .
The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided , however , that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.
SECTION 12.      Miscellaneous .
(a)      Remedies. The Issuer, each of the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers hereby agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
(b)      No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with

-19-



the provisions hereof. Neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors have previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of an Issuer’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.
(c)      Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Issuer will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.
(d)      Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuer or its respective Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided , however , that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Issuer shall obtain the written consent of the Representative with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.
(e)      Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(i)      if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and
(ii)      if to the Issuer or the Guarantors:
Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.
968 James Street
Syracuse, NY 13203
Attention: General Counsel
Telecopy: (315) 475-9616

-20-



(iii)      with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice or service of process pursuant to this Agreement):
Akerman LLP
666 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10103
Attention: Wayne Wald, Esq.
Telecopy: (212) 880-8965
E-mail: wayne.wald@akerman.com
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.
(f)      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided , however , that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.
(g)      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(h)      Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(i)      Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.
(j)      Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

-21-



(k)      Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Issuer with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]


-22-



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
By:     /s/ William E. Myers    
Name: William E. Myers    
Title: VP, Secretary & General Counsel    
CARROLS CORPORATION
By:     /s/ William E. Myers    
Name: William E. Myers    
Title: VP, Secretary & General Counsel    
CARROLS LLC
By:     /s/ William E. Myers    
Name: William E. Myers    
Title: VP, Secretary & General Counsel


S-1



The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,
    as Representative of the Initial Purchasers

By:
/s/ Lewis S. Morris, III    
Name: Lewis S. Morris, III
Title: Managing Director




S-2



SCHEDULE I
GUARANTORS
Name
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation / Organization
Chief Executive Office Location
Carrols Corporation
Delaware
968 James St.
Syracuse, NY 13203
Carrols LLC
Delaware
968 James St.
Syracuse, NY 13203


S-I-1
EXHIBIT 4.4



SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of April 29, 2015 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), by and between Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 of the Issuer (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, Section 9.2(a) of the Indenture provides that with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the Indenture (together with the other consents required thereby) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, including the definitions therein;
WHEREAS, Section 9.2(b) of the Indenture provides that any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents or modifying the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66 ⅔% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Additional Notes) then outstanding, voting as one class;
WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend the Indenture and the Security Documents to (i) change or eliminate certain provisions of the Indenture or the Notes, or modify the rights of Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, as specified herein and (ii) release all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes with the consent of Holders of at least 66 ⅔% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;
WHEREAS, the consent of each Holder is not required to enact the amendments contained herein;
WHEREAS, pursuant to an Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated April 15, 2015 (as amended or supplemented, the “ Tender Offer ”), the Issuer has offered to purchase any and all of the outstanding Notes and has proposed certain amendments to the Indenture and the Security Documents;



WHEREAS, the Holders of at least 66 ⅔% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have tendered their Notes for purchase by the Issuer in connection with the Tender Offer and have approved the proposed amendments described in this Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, all acts and requirements necessary to make this a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer have been done.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE I
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

Section 1.01      Amendments .
a.      Sections 4.3, 4.5, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.16, 4.18, 4.19, 5.1, 5.2, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9 and 10.10, the first sentence of clause (a), clauses (a)(1)-(4), the first sentence of clause (b), (b)(1) and (b)(2) of Section 4.10, clauses (6), (7) and (9) of Section 6.1, the second paragraph of Section 6.2, clauses (7), (11), (12) and (13) of Section 9.1 and clause (b) of Section 11.6 of the Indenture are hereby deleted in their entirety.
b.      The last sentence of Section 2.4 of the Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety.
c.      The first paragraph of Section 2.17 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the phrase “including Section 4.9” appearing in the first sentence thereof.
d.      Section 3.3 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the words "30 but not more than 60 days" appearing in the first sentence thereof, and to insert the words "three (3) Business Days" between the words "least" and "before" appearing in the first sentence thereof.
e.      Clause (a) of Section 3.7 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the words "30 nor more than 60 days'" appearing thereof and to insert the words "three (3) Business Days'" between the words "than" and "prior" appearing thereof, and clause (b) of Section 3.7 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the words "30 nor more than 60 days'" appearing thereof and to insert the words "three (3) Business Days'" between the words "than" and "notice" appearing thereof.
f.      The first paragraph of Section 4.15 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the words “and Article V” and the phrase "as the case may be" appearing in the first sentence thereof.
g.      The second paragraph of Section 4.17 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the phrase “Subject to Section 4.19,” appearing in the first sentence thereof.



h.      The final paragraph of Section 6.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the words “Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.3 is for informational purposes only and” appearing in the second sentence thereof.
i.      Section 8.3 of the Indenture is hereby amended to insert the word "and" before the word "4.17" appearing in the first sentence thereof, to delete the words “4.3," "4.7, 4.8, 4.9," "4.11, 4.12," "4.16," and "4.18, 4.19 and 5.1” appearing in the first sentence thereof, to insert the word "and" before the word "(5)" appearing in the last sentence thereof and to delete the words "(6), (7) and (9)" appearing in the last sentence thereof.
j.      Clause (5) of Section 9.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the words "or Collateral Agent" appearing therein.
k.      The final paragraph of Section 11.5 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete the words "and V" appearing therein.
l.      Any terms defined in the Indenture which are used in any Section of the Indenture which are deleted by any Section of this Supplemental Indenture and which are not otherwise used in any Section of the Indenture not affected by this Supplemental Indenture are hereby deleted.
ARTICLE II
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
1. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
2. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals herein are deemed to be those of the Issuer and not of the Trustee.
3. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
4. Headings . The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
By: /s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer
CARROLS CORPORATION
By: /s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer

CARROLS LLC
By: /s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By: /s/ Lawrence M. Kusch    
Name: Lawrence M. Kusch
Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION






SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT
By
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.,
as Issuer
and
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
______________________
Dated as of April 29, 2015






TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page

PREAMBLE
1

 
 
 
RECITALS
1

 
 
 
AGREEMENT
2

 
 
 
ARTICLE I  
 
 
 
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
 
 
 
SECTION 1.1.
DEFINITIONS
2

SECTION 1.2.
INTERPRETATION
11

SECTION 1.3.
RESOLUTION OF DRAFTING AMBIGUITIES
11

SECTION 1.4.
PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
12

 
 
 
ARTICLE II  
 
 
 
GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS
 
 
 
SECTION 2.1.
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
12

SECTION 2.2.
FILINGS
14

SECTION 2.3.
SECOND PRIORITY NATURE OF LIENS
15

 
 
 
ARTICLE III  
 
 
 
PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;
USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL
 
 
 
SECTION 3.1.
DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATED SECURITIES COLLATERAL
15

SECTION 3.2.
PERFECTION OF UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES COLLATERAL
16

SECTION 3.3.
FINANCING STATEMENTS AND OTHER FILINGS; MAINTENANCE OF PERFECTED SECURITY INTEREST
16

SECTION 3.4.
OTHER ACTIONS
16

SECTION 3.5.    
JOINDER OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS
19

SECTION 3.6.
SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES
20

 
 
 
ARTICLE IV  
 
 
 
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
 
 
 
SECTION 4.1.
TITLE
21


-i-
        



SECTION 4.2.
VALIDITY OF SECURITY INTEREST
21

SECTION 4.3.
DEFENSE OF CLAIMS; TRANSFERABILITY OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL
21

SECTION 4.4.
OTHER FINANCING STATEMENTS
21

SECTION 4.6.
DUE AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE
22

SECTION 4.7.
CONSENTS, ETC.
22

SECTION 4.8.
PLEDGED COLLATERAL AND MORTGAGED PROPERTY
22

SECTION 4.9.
INSURANCE
22

SECTION 4.10.
POST-CLOSING COLLATERAL MATTERS
23

SECTION 4.11.
NOTICE OF CHANGES
24

SECTION 4.12.
NO IMPAIRMENT OF THE SECURITY INTERESTS
24

 
 
 
ARTICLE V  
 
 
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL
 
 
 
SECTION 5.1.
PLEDGE OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES COLLATERAL
24

SECTION 5.2.
VOTING RIGHTS; DISTRIBUTIONS; ETC.
25

SECTION 5.3.
DEFAULTS, ETC
26

SECTION 5.4.
CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF PLEDGORS AS ISSUERS AND
     HOLDERS OF EQUITY INTERESTS
26

 
 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
 
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL
 PROPERTY COLLATERAL
 
 
 
SECTION 6.1.
GRANT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE
27

SECTION 6.2.
PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL AGENT’S SECURITY
27

SECTION 6.3.
AFTER-ACQUIRED PROPERTY
27

SECTION 6.4.
LITIGATION
28

 
 
 
ARTICLE VII
 
 
 
TRANSFERS
SECTION 7.1.
TRANSFERS OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL OR MORTGAGED
     PROPERTY
28

 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII  
 
 
 
REMEDIES
 
 
 
SECTION 8.1.
REMEDIES
29

SECTION 8.2.
NOTICE OF SALE
31


-ii-
        



SECTION 8.3.
WAIVER OF NOTICE AND CLAIMS
31

SECTION 8.4.
CERTAIN SALES OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL
31

SECTION 8.5.
NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES
32

SECTION 8.6.
CERTAIN ADDITIONAL ACTIONS REGARDING INTELLECTUAL
     PROPERTY
33

SECTION 8.7.
[RESERVED]
33

SECTION 8.8.
ACTIONS OF COLLATERAL AGENT
33

 
 
 
ARTICLE IX  
 
 
 
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
 
 
 
SECTION 9.1.
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
34

 
 
 
ARTICLE X
 
 
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
 
 
SECTION 10.1.
CONCERNING COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE OTHER
     SECURITY DOCUMENTS
35

SECTION 10.2.
COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM; COLLATERAL AGENT
     APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
38

SECTION 10.3.
CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; ASSIGNMENT
39

SECTION 10.4.
TERMINATION; RELEASE
39

SECTION 10.5.
MODIFICATION IN WRITING
39

SECTION 10.6.
NOTICES
40

SECTION 10.7.
GOVERNING LAW, CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE
     OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
40

SECTION 10.8.
SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS
40

SECTION 10.9.
EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS
41

SECTION 10.10.
BUSINESS DAYS
41

SECTION 10.11.
NO CREDIT FOR PAYMENT OF TAXES OR IMPOSITION
41

SECTION 10.12.
NO CLAIMS AGAINST COLLATERAL AGENT
41

SECTION 10.13.
NO RELEASE
41

SECTION 10.14.
PERMITTED ADDITIONAL PARI PASSU OBLIGATIONS
42

SECTION 10.15.
OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE
42

 
 
 
SIGNATURES
S-1

 
 
 
EXHIBIT 1
Form of Issuer’s Acknowledgment
 
EXHIBIT 2
Form of Securities Pledge Amendment
 
EXHIBIT 3
Form of Copyright Security Agreement
 
EXHIBIT 4
Form of Patent Security Agreement
 
EXHIBIT 5
Form of Trademark Security Agreement
 

-iii-
        



EXHIBIT 6
Form of Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement
 
EXHIBIT 7
Form of Joinder Agreement
 
EXHIBIT 8
Form of Perfection Certificate
 
        
        

    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    


-iv-
        



SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT
This SECOND LIEN SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of April 29, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Agreement ”) made by CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and the Guarantors from to time to time party hereto (the “ Guarantors ”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Issuer, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Pledgors ,” and each, a “ Pledgor ”), in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (as hereinafter defined), as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Collateral Agent ”).
R E C I T A L S :
A.    The Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture (the “ Trustee ”), in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, entered into that certain indenture, dated as of April 29, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”; which term shall also include and refer to any additional issuance of notes under the Indenture), pursuant to which the Issuer is issuing $200,000,000 aggregate principal of 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2022 (together with the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes, the “Notes”).
B.    From time to time after the date hereof, the Issuer may, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Security Documents, incur Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including Additional Notes issued under the Indenture), that the Issuer desires to secure by the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property on a pari passu basis with the Notes.
C.    Each Guarantor has, pursuant to the Indenture, among other things, unconditionally guaranteed the Secured Obligations.
D.    The Issuer and each Guarantor will receive substantial benefits from the issuance of the Notes and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement.
E.    This Agreement is given by each Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as hereinafter defined) to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations.
F.    It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that each Pledgor execute and deliver the applicable Security Documents, including this Agreement.



        

-2-

A G R E E M E N T :
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Pledgor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
SECTION 1.1.      Definitions .
(a)      Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Indenture, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC; provided that in any event, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC:
Accounts ”; “ Bank ”; “ Chattel Paper ”; “ Commercial Tort Claim ”; “ Commodity Account ”; “ Commodity Contract ”; “ Commodity Intermediary ”; “ Documents ”; “ Electronic Chattel Paper ”; “ Entitlement Order ”; “ Equipment ”; “ Financial Asset ”; “ Fixtures ”; “ Goods ”, “ Inventory ”; “ Letter-of-Credit Rights ”; “ Letters of Credit ”; “ Money ”; “ Payment Intangibles ”; “ Proceeds ”; “ Promissory Notes ”; “ Records ”; “ Securities Account ”; “ Securities Intermediary ”; “ Security Entitlement ”; “ Supporting Obligations ”; and “ Tangible Chattel Paper .”
(b)      Terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
(c)      The following terms shall have the following meanings:
Account Debtor ” shall mean each person who is obligated on a Receivable or Supporting Obligation related thereto.
Additional Pari Passu Agent ” shall mean the Person appointed to act as trustee, agent or representative for the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to any Additional Pari Passu Agreement.
Additional Pari Passu Agreement ” shall mean the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement under which any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (other than Additional Notes) are incurred and any notes or other instruments representing such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.
Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 6 hereto.
Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.


        

-3-

Burger King Corporation ” shall mean Burger King Corporation, a Florida corporation.
Burger King Rights ” shall mean the rights (if any) of Burger King Corporation under each Franchise Agreement pursuant to which Burger King Corporation shall be entitled to: (a) prior written notice of any sale of all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; (b) a right of first refusal to purchase all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or of all or substantially all of the assets of a restaurant subject to a Franchise Agreement in connection with a sale thereof; (c) prior approval of any sale of all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) prior written consent to the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or give-away of substantially all of the assets of any restaurant subject to a Franchise Agreement; in each case to the extent set forth in a legally binding Franchise Agreement.
Capital Interests ” in any person means any and all shares, interests (including preferred interests, restricted stock interests and stock options, warrants and other convertible instruments), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such person and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest in such person.
Collateral Support ” shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Pledged Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.
Contracts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written, or third party or intercompany), between such Pledgor and any third party, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.
Copyrights ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Pledgor, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Pledgor, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.
Copyright Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto.


        

-4-

Credit Agreement ” shall mean that certain credit agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014 and the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, and as further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) among the Issuer as borrower under the Credit Agreement, the guarantors party thereto, the agent and lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as First Lien Agent.
Default ” or “ Event of Default ” shall mean a “default” or “event of default” under the Indenture or under any Additional Pari Passu Agreement.
Deposit Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC and in any event shall include all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition.
Distributions ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, distributions, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property, interests (debt or equity) or proceeds, including as a result of a split, revision, reclassification or other like change of the Pledged Securities, from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Pledgor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.
Excluded Property ” shall mean
(a)      any rights or interest in any lease, contract, license or license agreement covering personal property or Real Property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, so long as under the terms of such lease, contract, license or license agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or lien therein to Collateral Agent is prohibited (or would render such lease, contract, license or license agreement cancelled, invalid or unenforceable) and such prohibition has not been or is not waived or the consent of the other party to such lease, contract, license or license agreement has not been or is not otherwise obtained; provided that, this exclusion shall in no way be construed to apply if any such prohibition is unenforceable under the UCC or other applicable law or so as to limit, impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agent’s unconditional continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of the Issuer or Guarantors in or to monies due or to become due to the Issuer or Guarantor under any such lease, contract, license or license agreement (including any Receivables);
(b)      assets owned by Issuer or any Guarantor on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired and any proceeds thereof that are subject to a Lien securing a Purchase Money Debt or Capital Lease Obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such Purchase Money Debt or Capital Lease Obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any


        

-5-

other Lien on such assets and proceeds (other than to the extent that such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction and other than to the extent all necessary consents to creation, attachment and perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Liens thereon have been obtained);
(c)      any shares entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2) of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a “controlled foreign corporation” in excess of sixty-five (65%) percent of the total combined voting power of all of the issued and outstanding Capital Interests entitled to vote in such Subsidiary;
(d)      any Capital Interests of any Subsidiary of the Issuer to the extent necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 or Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act, due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Interests secures the Notes or Note Guarantees, to file separate financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other governmental agency);
(e)      any intent to use trademark application to the extent and for so long as creation of a security interest therein would result in the loss of any material rights therein, provided that upon submission and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of an amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) (or any successor provision), such intent to use trademark application shall not be considered Excluded Property;
(f)      any Real Property leased by the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(g)     the Real Properties located at 968 James Street, Syracuse, New York, a parcel of land located at Rte. 30 and Kingsboro Avenue, Gloversville, NY 12078, a parcel of land adjacent to 12213 Olean Road, Yorkshire, New York, a parcel of land adjacent to 3002 East Avenue, Central Square, New York and 3055 Mahoning Avenue, Warren Ohio;
(h)    any Franchise Agreements that prohibit security interests thereon without consent of the franchisor; and
(i)    any cash or cash equivalents held in deposit or securities accounts designated for cash collateralizing the Credit Agreement;
provided , however , that Excluded Property shall not include any Proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property referred to in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f)).



        

-6-

First Lien Agent ” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns.
First Lien Security Agreement ” shall mean that certain security agreement dated as of May 30, 2012, as amended by the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, among the Issuer as borrower under the Credit Agreement, the guarantors party thereto and the First Lien Agent.
Franchise Agreements ” shall mean all of the franchise agreements to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as a franchisee, whether entered into on, prior to or following the Issue Date, as the same may be from time to time amended, modified, supplemented or restated.
General Intangibles ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the UCC, of such Pledgor and, in any event, shall include (i) all of such Pledgor’s rights, title and interest in, to and under all Contracts and insurance policies (including all rights and remedies relating to monetary damages, including indemnification rights and remedies, and claims for damages or other relief pursuant to or in respect of any Contract), (ii) all know-how and warranties relating to any of the Pledged Collateral or the Mortgaged Property, (iii) any and all other rights, claims, choses-in-action and causes of action of such Pledgor against any other person and the benefits of any and all collateral or other security given by any other person in connection therewith, (iv) all guarantees, endorsements and indemnifications on, or of, any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property, (v) all lists, books, records, correspondence, ledgers, printouts, files (whether in printed form or stored electronically), tapes and other papers or materials containing information relating to any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property, including all customer or tenant lists, identification of suppliers, data, plans, blueprints, specifications, designs, drawings, appraisals, recorded knowledge, surveys, studies, engineering reports, test reports, manuals, standards, processing standards, performance standards, catalogs, research data, computer and automatic machinery software and programs and the like, field repair data, accounting information pertaining to such Pledgor’s operations or any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property and all media in which or on which any of the information or knowledge or data or records may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the compilation or printout of such information, knowledge, records or data, (vi) all licenses, consents, permits, variances, certifications, authorizations and approvals, however characterized, now or hereafter acquired or held by such Pledgor, including building permits, certificates of occupancy, environmental certificates, industrial permits or licenses and certificates of operation and (vii) all rights to reserves, deferred payments, deposits, refunds, indemnification of claims and claims for tax or other refunds against any Governmental Authority.


        

-7-

Goodwill ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the goodwill connected with such Pledgor’s business including all goodwill connected with (i) the use of and symbolized by any Trademark or Intellectual Property License with respect to any Trademark in which such Pledgor has any interest, (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, name plates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, consulting agreements, engineering contracts and such other assets which relate to such goodwill and (iii) all product lines of such Pledgor’s business.
Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.
Impairment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.1 hereof.
Initial Purchasers ” shall mean Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Stephens Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Instruments ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “instruments,” as such term is defined in Article 9, rather than Article 3, of the UCC, and shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.
Intellectual Property Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses and Goodwill.
Intellectual Property Licenses ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all license and distribution agreements with, and covenants not to sue, any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Pledgor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.
Intercompany Notes ” shall mean, with respect to each Pledgor, all intercompany notes described in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate and intercompany notes hereafter


        

-8-

acquired by such Pledgor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof.
Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain intercreditor agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 29, 2015, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as First Lien Agent and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Second Lien Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.
Intervening Creditor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.1 hereof.
Investment Property ” shall mean a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, Security Entitlement, Securities Account, Commodity Contract or Commodity Account, excluding, however, the Securities Collateral.
Issue Date ” shall mean April 29, 2015.
Leases ” shall mean any and all leases, subleases, tenancies, options, concession agreements, rental agreements, occupancy agreements, access agreements and any other agreements (including all amendments, extensions, replacements, renewals, modifications and/or guarantees thereof), whether or not of record and whether now in existence or hereafter entered into, affecting the use or occupancy of all or any portion of any Real Property.
Lien ” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, easement, encumbrance or other security agreement on or with respect to such property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Mortgage Instrument ” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt executed by a Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time.
Mortgaged Property ” means, collectively, (i) each Real Property listed on Schedule 7(a) of the Perfection Certificate, (ii) each Real Property, if any, encumbered by a Mortgage Instrument delivered after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.4 and 4.10 and (iii) any other interest in Real Property that secures the Credit Agreement.
Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture.


        

-9-

Patents ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all patents issued or assigned to, and all patent applications and registrations made by, such Pledgor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.
Patent Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto.
Perfection Certificate ” means that certain perfection certificate to be executed and delivered by the Issuer in connection with the execution and delivery of the Indenture, to be dated on or about the Issue Date and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 8.
Pledge Amendment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 hereof.
Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.
Pledged Securities ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, in each case other than Excluded Property, (i) all issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each issuer set forth on Schedules 9(a) and 9(b) to the Perfection Certificate as being owned by such Pledgor (other than Equity Interests of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date) and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests in each such issuer or under any Organization Document of each such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, (ii) all Equity Interests of any issuer (other than Equity Interests of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date), which Equity Interests are hereafter acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance) and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests or under any Organization Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner, and (iii) all Equity Interests issued in respect of the Equity Interests referred to in clause (i) or (ii) upon any consolidation or merger of any issuer of such Equity Interests.


        

-10-

Pledgor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.
Real Property ” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Receivables ” shall mean all (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Payment Intangibles, (iv) General Intangibles, (v) Instruments and (vi) all other rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, regardless of how classified under the UCC together with all of Pledgors’ rights, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related thereto and all Records relating thereto.
Secured Obligations ” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under any of (i) the Indenture, the Notes (other than any Additional Notes except to the extent constituting Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations), the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents and (ii) any Additional Pari Passu Agreement and other documentation relating to any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations; provided that no obligations in respect of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (other than Additional Notes) shall constitute “Secured Obligations” unless the Additional Pari Passu Agent for the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations has executed an Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement in the form of Exhibit 6 hereto and has become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement.
Secured Parties ” shall mean, collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Holders, each Additional Pari Passu Agent, each holder of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations that constitute Secured Obligations and the other Persons the Secured Obligations owing to which are or are purported to be secured by the Collateral under the terms of the Security Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement).
Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Securities Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.


        

-11-

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Voting Interests therein is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
Title Company ” shall mean any material title insurance company as shall be retained by any Pledgor.
Trademarks ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locations (URL’s), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Pledgor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.
Trademark Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto.
UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Pledged Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
Voting Interests ” means, with respect to any person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Interests in such person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of members of the board of directors or comparable body of such person.
SECTION 1.2.      Interpretation . The rules of interpretation specified in the Indenture (including Section 1.4 thereof) shall be applicable to this Agreement.
SECTION 1.3.      Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities . Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery hereof, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof.


        

-12-

SECTION 1.4.      Perfection Certificate . The Collateral Agent, each Secured Party and each Pledgor agree that the Perfection Certificate and all descriptions of Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property, schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain a part of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS
SECTION 2.1.      Grant of Security Interest . As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in all of the right, title and interest of such Pledgor in, to and under the following property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):
(i)      all Accounts;
(ii)      all Equipment, Goods, Inventory and Fixtures;
(iii)      all Documents, Instruments, Promissory Notes and Chattel Paper;
(iv)      all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(v)      all Securities Collateral;
(vi)      all Investment Property;
(vii)      all Intellectual Property Collateral;
(viii)      the Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 12 to the Perfection
Certificate;

(ix)      all General Intangibles;
(x)      all Money and all Deposit Accounts;
(xi)      all Supporting Obligations;
(xii)      any assets of Pledgor that now or hereafter come into the possession,
    custody, or control of Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee);

(xiii)      all books and records relating to the Pledged Collateral; and
(xiv)
to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (xiii) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Pledgor, whether tangible or intangible,


        

-13-

and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Pledgor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xiii) above, the security interest created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Pledged Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Property and from and after the Issue Date, no Pledgor shall permit to become effective in any document creating, governing or providing for any permit, license or agreement a provision that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on such permit, license or agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent unless such Pledgor believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such prohibition is usual and customary in transactions of such type, subject to the Burger King Rights.
In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Pledgor that is a Subsidiary of the Issuer due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Interests or other securities of such Pledgor secure the Notes and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations affected thereby, then the Capital Interests and such other securities of such Pledgor will automatically be deemed not to be part of the Pledged Collateral securing the Notes and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations affected thereby but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement, only for so long as required to not be subject to such requirement and only with respect to Secured Obligations affected thereby.

In the event that Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Pledgor’s Capital Interests and other securities to secure the Notes and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Pledgor, then the Capital Interests and other securities of such Pledgor will automatically be deemed to be a part of the Pledged Collateral for the relevant Notes and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirement.
In accordance with the limitations set forth in the two immediately preceding paragraphs, the Pledged Collateral for the Notes and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations will include such Pledgor’s Capital Interests only to the extent that the applicable value of such Capital Interests (on a Subsidiary-by-Subsidiary basis) is less than 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding. Following the date hereof, however, the


        

-14-

portion of the Capital Interests of Subsidiaries constituting Pledged Collateral may increase or decrease as described above.

SECTION 2.2.      Filings . Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file (in the event such Pledgor fails to do so in the first instance) in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Pledged Collateral, including (i) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor, (ii) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law, including the filing of a financing statement describing the Pledged Collateral as “all assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Pledgor or in which Pledgor otherwise has rights” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or covering Pledged Collateral constituting minerals or the like to be extracted or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Pledged Collateral relates. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request by the Collateral Agent.
(a)      Each Pledgor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements relating to the Pledged Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.
(b)      Each Pledgor hereby further authorizes the Collateral Agent to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) (in the event such Pledgor fails to do so in the first instance), including the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Pledgor hereunder, without the signature of such Pledgor, and naming such Pledgor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party.
(c)      Notwithstanding the foregoing authorizations, in no event shall the Collateral Agent be obligated to prepare or file any financing statements whatsoever, or to maintain the perfection of the security interest granted hereunder. Each Pledgor agrees to prepare, record and file, at its own expense, financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Collateral now existing or hereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Collateral, and to deliver a file stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of filing to the Collateral Agent. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be under any obligation whatsoever to file any such financing or continuation statements or intellectual property filings, as applicable, to make any other filing under the UCC, with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in connection with this Agreement.


        

-15-

SECTION 2.3.      Second Priority Nature of Liens . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be a second priority lien on and security interest in the Pledged Collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder is subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to the Discharge of First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the requirements of this Agreement to deliver Pledged Collateral and any certificates, instruments or Documents in relation thereto to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed satisfied by delivery of such Pledged Collateral and such certificates, instruments or Documents in relation thereto to the First Lien Agent (as bailee and non-fiduciary agent for the Collateral Agent).
Each Pledgor agrees that, in the event any Pledgor, pursuant to the First Lien Security Agreement, takes any action to grant or perfect a Lien in favor of the First Lien Agent in any assets (other than assets described in clause (i) of the definition of Excluded Property and other than control agreements with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts), such Pledgor shall also take such action to grant or perfect a Lien (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Secured Obligations without request of the Collateral Agent, including with respect to any property and Real Property in which the First Lien Agent directs a Pledgor to grant or perfect a Lien or take such other action under the First Lien Security Agreement.
ARTICLE III
PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;
USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL
SECTION 3.1.      Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof, have been delivered to the First Lien Agent for the benefit of the Collateral Agent in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, and that the Collateral Agent has a perfected second priority security interest therein. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Pledgor after the date hereof shall promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof by such Pledgor) be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto and the Intercreditor Agreement. The requirements in the preceding two sentences shall not apply (i) to the extent that the face value of the Securities Collateral (other than any Subsidiary Equity Interests) does not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors or (ii) to the Intercompany Notes. All certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank. Subject to the Burger King Rights, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities


        

-16-

Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations.
SECTION 3.2.      Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that the Collateral Agent has a perfected second priority security interest in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder that are in existence on the date hereof. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Pledgor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) cause the issuer to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an acknowledgment of the pledge of such Pledged Securities substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto, (ii) if necessary or desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Securities, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Collateral Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Securities under the terms hereof, and (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default if required by the First Lien Agent, (A) cause the Organization Documents of each such issuer that is a Subsidiary of the Issuer to be amended to provide that such Pledged Securities shall be treated as “securities” for purposes of the UCC and (B) cause such Pledged Securities of such issuers to become certificated and delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 .
SECTION 3.3.      Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all financing statements, agreements (other than control agreements with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts), instruments and other documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted by it to the Collateral Agent in respect of the Pledged Collateral have been delivered to the Collateral Agent in completed and, to the extent necessary, duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such Pledgor will maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Pledged Collateral (other than control agreements with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts) as a perfected second priority security interest subject only to Permitted Collateral Liens and the Burger King Rights and file all UCC-3 continuation statements necessary to continue the perfection of the security interest created by this Agreement.
SECTION 3.4.      Other Actions . In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral, each Pledgor represents and warrants (as to itself) as follows and agrees, in each case at such Pledgor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Pledged Collateral:
(a)      Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . As of the date hereof, no amounts payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral are evidenced by any


        

-17-

Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. Subject to Section 3.1 , each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate not constituting Excluded Property has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. At any time such requirements apply, the applicable Pledgor shall give written notice thereof to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Indenture and the Collateral Agent shall not be charged with any knowledge that such requirements are applicable unless such notice has been given. If any amount then payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, and such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper not previously delivered to the Collateral Agent exceeds $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors, the Pledgor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof), subject to Section 3.1, endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank.
(b)      Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . As of the date hereof, no amount under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction) other than such Electronic Chattel Paper and transferable records listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, the Pledgor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof, in writing, and shall take such action as is reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent control of such Electronic Chattel Paper under Section 9‑105 of the UCC or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record in which the Collateral Agent has not been vested control within the meaning of the statutes described in the immediately preceding sentence, does not exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. At any time such requirement applies, the applicable Pledgor shall give written notice thereof to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Indenture and the Collateral Agent shall not be charged with any knowledge that such requirements are applicable unless such notice has been given. The Pledgors may make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record, provided that such alterations are permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform


        

-18-

Electronic Transactions Act, as determined by the Issuer, and unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(c)      Letter-of-Credit Rights . If any Pledgor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit now or hereafter issued, such Pledgor shall promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof by such Pledgor) notify the Collateral Agent thereof, in writing, and such Pledgor shall, either (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Collateral Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Collateral Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be applied as provided in the Indenture. The actions in the preceding sentence shall not be required to the extent that the amount of any such Letter of Credit, together with the aggregate amount of (a) all other Letters of Credit for which the actions described above in clause (i) and (ii) have not been taken and (b) all Commercial Tort Claims in which the Collateral Agent does not have a perfected security interest and (c)  all motor vehicles (and any such other Equipment covered by certificates of title or ownership) as to which any Pledgor has not delivered a certificate of title or ownership to the Collateral Agent, does not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. At any time such action is required, the applicable Pledgor shall give written notice thereof to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Indenture and the Collateral Agent shall not be charged with any knowledge that such requirement is applicable unless such notice has been given.
(d)      Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof, each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed in Schedule 12 to the Perfection Certificate. If any Pledgor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, such Pledgor shall promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, notify the Collateral Agent in writing signed by such Pledgor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Collateral Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in such form and substance as is reasonably necessary to grant a security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the amount of such Commercial Tort Claim, together with the amount of (a) all other Commercial Tort Claims held by any Pledgor in which the Collateral Agent does not have a perfected security interest, (b) all Letters of Credit (except to the extent constituting Supporting Obligations) in which the Collateral Agent does not have a perfected security interest and (c) all motor vehicles (and any such other Equipment covered by certificates of title or ownership) as to which any Pledgor has not delivered a certificate of title or ownership to the Collateral Agent, does not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. At any time such requirement applies, the applicable Pledgor shall give written notice thereof to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Indenture and the Collateral Agent shall not be charged with any knowledge that such requirement is applicable unless such notice has been given.


        

-19-

(e)      Each Pledgor shall deliver to the First Lien Agent for the benefit of the Collateral Agent originals of the certificates of title or ownership for the motor vehicles (and any other Equipment covered by certificates of title or ownership) owned by it, with the Collateral Agent listed as lienholder therein.  Such requirement shall not apply to the extent the aggregate amount of (a) all motor vehicles (and any such other Equipment covered by certificates of title or ownership) as to which any Pledgor has not delivered a certificate of title or ownership to the Collateral Agent, (b) all Commercial Tort Claims in which the Collateral Agent does not have a perfected security interest and (c) all Letters of Credit (except to the extent constituting Supporting Obligations) in which the Collateral Agent does not have a perfected security, does not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.
(f)      After-Acquired Collateral . Unless otherwise provided, upon the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor after the date hereof (1) any after-acquired assets, including, but not limited to, any after-acquired Real Property or any Equipment or Fixtures which constitute accretions, additions or technological upgrades to the Equipment or Fixtures or any working capital assets that, in any such case, form part of the Collateral, or (2) any replacement assets, the Issuer or such Pledgor shall execute and deliver, (i) with regard to any Real Property that is acquired for the purpose of serving as a restaurant, mortgages and related documentation and opinions as specified in Section 4.10 hereof within 365 days of the date of acquisition, (ii) with regard to any other Real Property, mortgages and related documentation and opinions as specified in Section 4.10 within 180 days of the date of acquisition (or such later date as any applicable regulatory approvals have been obtained) and (iii) to the extent required by the Security Documents, any information, documentation, financing statements or other certificates as may be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens and the Burger King Rights, in such after-acquired Property (other than Excluded Property and Collateral that the Issuer or such Guarantor is not required to take actions to perfect) and to have such after-acquired Property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
For the avoidance of doubt, no Pledgor hereunder shall be required to enter into deposit account control agreements and securities account control agreements for the benefit of the Collateral Agent with respect to checking, savings or other accounts (including Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodities Accounts) of any Pledgor at any bank or other financial institution.
SECTION 3.5.      Joinder of Additional Guarantors . The Pledgors shall cause each Subsidiary of the Issuer which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (a)  a joinder agreement to this Agreement in the form of Exhibit 7 hereto and (b) a Perfection Certificate, in each case, within thirty (30) days of the date on which it was acquired or created and, in each


        

-20-

case, upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary shall constitute a “Pledgor” for all purposes hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Pledgor herein. The execution and delivery of such joinder agreement shall not require the consent of any Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor and Pledgor as a party to this Agreement.
SECTION 3.6.      Supplements; Further Assurances . Each Pledgor shall take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such additional financing statements, amendments, assignments, agreements (other than control agreements with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts), supplements, powers and instruments, as is reasonably necessary in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in and lien on the Pledged Collateral and the Mortgaged Property as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in and lien on the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property or permit the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder and the other Security Documents with respect to any Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the UCC (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and in such offices (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in and lien on the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property as provided herein and the other Security Documents and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder and the other Security Documents, as against third parties, with respect to the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Pledgor shall make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file or refile and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time such lists, schedules, descriptions and designations of the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property, copies of warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, supplements, additional security agreements, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request ( provided, however, that the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to so request). If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Pledgor, such suits and proceedings as the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or lien on or the perfection thereof in the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
Each Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:


        

-21-

SECTION 4.1.      Title . Except for the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and Permitted Liens, such Pledgor owns and has all material rights and, as to Pledged Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, will own and have rights in each item of Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens other than the Permitted Collateral Liens and the Burger King Rights. In addition, no Liens exist on the Securities Collateral, other than as permitted by Section 4.12 of the Indenture and with respect to the Burger King Rights.
SECTION 4.2.      Validity of Security Interest . The security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Collateral (other than assets described in clause (i) of the definition of Excluded Property and other than control agreements with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts) granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all the Pledged Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and (b) subject to the filings and other actions described in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate (to the extent required to be listed on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate as of the date this representation is made or deemed made), a perfected security interest in all the Pledged Collateral. The security interest and Lien granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement in and on the Pledged Collateral (other than control agreements with respect to Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts) will at all times constitute a perfected, continuing security interest therein, prior to all other Liens on the Pledged Collateral except for Permitted Collateral Liens and the Burger King Rights.
SECTION 4.3.      Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral . Each Pledgor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Collateral Agent and the priority thereof against all claims and demands of all persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party other than Permitted Collateral Liens and the Burger King Rights. There is no agreement (other than with respect to Permitted Collateral Liens and the Burger King Rights and the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement), order, judgment or decree, and no Pledgor shall enter into any agreement (other than with respect to Permitted Collateral Liens and the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement) or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Pledged Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Pledgor’s obligations or the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder.
SECTION 4.4.      Other Financing Statements . It has not filed, nor authorized any third party to file (nor will there be), any valid or effective financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Pledged Collateral, except such as have been filed in favor of the First Lien Agent or in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or in favor of any holder of a Permitted Collateral Lien with respect to such Lien or financing statements or public notices relating to the termination statements listed on Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate. No Pledgor shall execute, authorize or permit to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public


        

-22-

notice under the law of any jurisdiction) relating to any Pledged Collateral, except financing statements and other statements and instruments filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted by such Pledgor to the holders of the Permitted Liens.
Location of Inventory and Equipment . It shall not move any Equipment or Inventory with a fair market value in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate to any location, other than any location that is listed in the relevant Schedules to the Perfection Certificate, unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of its intention so to do, clearly describing such new location and confirming the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement to the Collateral located in the new location, and confirming further that each Pledgor has executed and filed any instruments or statements necessary to create, preserve or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in such relocated Collateral; provided that in no event shall any Equipment or Inventory be moved to any location outside of the continental United States.
SECTION 4.6.      Due Authorization and Issuance . All of the Pledged Securities existing on the date hereof have been, and to the extent any Pledged Securities are hereafter issued, such Pledged Securities will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable to the extent applicable. To the knowledge of the Pledgors, there is no amount or other obligation owing by any Pledgor to any issuer of the Pledged Securities in exchange for or in connection with the issuance of the Pledged Securities or any Pledgor’s status as a partner or a member of any issuer of the Pledged Securities.
SECTION 4.7.      Consents, etc . In the event that the Collateral Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Agreement or the other Security Documents and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, such Pledgor agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist and aid the Collateral Agent to obtain as soon as practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.
SECTION 4.8.      Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property . All information set forth herein, including the schedules hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Secured Party, including the Perfection Certificate and the schedules thereto, in connection with this Agreement, in each case, relating to the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property, is accurate and complete in all material respects. The Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property described on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate constitutes all of the property of such type of Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property owned or held by the Pledgors (other than Excluded Property).
SECTION 4.9.      Insurance . In the event that the proceeds of any insurance claim are paid to any Pledgor after the Collateral Agent has exercised its right to foreclose after an Event of Default, such Net Cash Proceeds shall, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and promptly after receipt thereof shall be paid to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Indenture.


        

-23-

SECTION 4.10.      Post-Closing Collateral Matters . The Issuer and each applicable Pledgor shall comply with the following requirements with respect to post-closing collateral matters:
(a)      Real Property Collateral . Within ninety (90) days after the Issue Date (or as soon as practical thereafter using commercially reasonable efforts), the Collateral Agent shall have received, in form and substance substantially similar to those delivered to the First Lien Agent in connection with the creation of a first priority (but only to the extent so delivered), perfected Lien on such Real Property in accordance with the Credit Agreement:
(i)      fully executed and notarized Mortgage Instrument encumbering the Mortgaged Properties as to properties owned by the Pledgors;
(ii)      maps or plats of an as-built survey of the sites of the Mortgaged Properties; it being agreed that the surveys in existence on the Issue Date and provided to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this clause (ii) (along with a certificate of an officer of the Issuer in form and substance substantially similar to that delivered to the First Lien Agent in connection with the creation of a first priority, perfected Lien on such Real Property in accordance with the Credit Agreement) are satisfactory so long as substantially similar to the surveys delivered to the First Lien Agent under the Credit Agreement;
(iii)      an environmental questionnaire executed by an officer of the Issuer with respect to all owned Mortgaged Properties, along with third-party environmental reviews of all owned Mortgaged Properties, including but not limited to Phase I environmental assessments; it being agreed that the Phase I environmental assessments in existence on the Issue Date and provided to the First Lien Agent pursuant to the terms of this clause (iii) are satisfactory;
(iv)      to the extent delivered to the First Lien Agent in connection with the creation of a first priority, perfected Lien on such Mortgaged Properties in accordance with the Credit Agreement, opinions of counsel to the Pledgors for each jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Properties are located in form and substance substantially similar to those delivered to the First Lien Agent; and
(v)      to the extent available, zoning letters from each municipality or other governmental authority for each jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Properties are located.
Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee undertakes any responsibility whatsoever to determine whether any of the foregoing covenants in this Section 4.10 have been satisfied, and neither shall have any liability whatsoever arising out of the failure of the Issuer or any of the Pledgors to satisfy such post-closing requirements, other than to take receipt of the Officers' Certificate described in the next sentence. Within 210 days of the date hereof, the Issuer shall deliver to the Collateral Agent and the


        

-24-

Trustee an Officers' Certificate (upon which the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in relying), certifying that (i) the deliverables indicated above in this Section 4.10 are substantially similar in form and substance to those delivered to the First Lien Agent (other than the subordination provisions contained therein) and (ii) the post-closing covenants set forth in Section 4.10 have been satisfied.
SECTION 4.11.      Notice of Changes . No Pledgor shall effect any change in (i) its legal name, (ii) in the location of its chief executive office, (iii) in its identity or organizational structure, (iv) in its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (v) in its jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), until (A) it shall have given the Collateral Agent not less than 15 days’ prior written notice (in the form of an Officers’ Certificate) of its intention so to do, clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (B) it shall have taken all action reasonably necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Pledged Collateral, if applicable.
SECTION 4.12.      No Impairment of the Security Interests . No Pledgor shall take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action, which action or omission might or would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) Permitted Collateral Liens, (ii) the entry by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries into Franchise Agreements that provide for the Burger King Rights and (iii) the omission by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries to enter into control agreements with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts shall not, in each case, be deemed to materially impair the security interest).
ARTICLE V

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL
SECTION 5.1.      Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral . Each Pledgor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any person, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and, in the case of any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes (other than Loan Party Intercompany Notes) having a face value in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof) deliver to the Collateral Agent a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Pledgor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 2 hereto (each, a “ Pledge Amendment ”), and, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the certificates and other documents required under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien hereby created on and in respect of such additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes. Each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes


        

-25-

listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Collateral Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Pledged Collateral.
SECTION 5.2.      Voting Rights; Distributions; etc .
(a)      So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:
(i)      Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Indenture or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations.
(ii)      Each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided , however , that any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and Section 5.1 hereof, be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by any Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Pledgor and be promptly (but in any event within five days after receipt thereof) delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).
(b)      So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Pledgor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Pledgor and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Pledgor all such instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request in order to permit such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof and to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof.
(c)      Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and upon notice from the Collateral Agent acting at the direction of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Secured Obligations and subject to the Burger King Rights:
(i)      All rights of each Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights.
(ii)      All rights of each Pledgor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall immediately cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent,


        

-26-

which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral such Distributions.
(d)      Each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent appropriate instruments in order to permit the Collateral Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(c)(i) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(c)(ii) hereof.
(e)      All Distributions which are received by any Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Pledgor and shall immediately be paid over to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).
SECTION 5.3.      Defaults, etc . Each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that (i) such Pledgor is not in default in the payment of any portion of any mandatory capital contribution, if any, required to be made under any agreement to which such Pledgor is a party relating to the Pledged Securities pledged by it , (ii) no Securities Collateral pledged by such Pledgor is subject to any defense, offset or counterclaim, nor have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Pledgor by any person with respect thereto, and (iii) as of the date hereof, there are no certificates, instruments, documents or other writings (other than the Organization Documents that have been delivered to the First Lien Agent and certificates representing such Pledged Securities that have been delivered to the First Lien Agent on behalf of the Collateral Agent) which evidence any Pledged Securities of such Pledgor.
SECTION 5.4.      Certain Agreements of Pledgors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests .
(a)      In the case of each Pledgor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Pledgor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply in all material respects with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.
(b)      In the case of each Pledgor which is a partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be, in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Pledgor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organization Document to the pledge by each other Pledgor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Securities in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and subject to the Burger King Rights, to the transfer of such Pledged Securities to the Collateral Agent or its nominee and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its nominee as a substituted partner, shareholder or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner, limited partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be.


        

-27-

ARTICLE VI     
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY COLLATERAL
SECTION 6.1.      Grant of Intellectual Property License . For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Article VIII hereof at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Pledgor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, wherever the same may be located. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.
SECTION 6.2.      Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security . On a continuing basis, each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Collateral Agent, in writing, of any adverse determination in any proceeding or the institution of any proceeding in any federal, state or local court or administrative body or in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office regarding any Intellectual Property Collateral, such Pledgor’s right to register such Intellectual Property Collateral or its right to keep and maintain such registration in full force and effect to the extent that such Intellectual Property Collateral exceeds $1,000,000, (ii) maintain all Intellectual Property Collateral as presently used and operated, (iii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Intellectual Property Collateral, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to any such Intellectual Property Collateral, in either case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment, (iv) upon such Pledgor obtaining knowledge thereof, promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of any Intellectual Property Collateral or the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent in relation thereto including a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against any Intellectual Property Collateral, (v) not license any Intellectual Property Collateral other than licenses entered into by such Pledgor in, or incidental to, the ordinary course of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of any Intellectual Property Collateral or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral created therein hereby and (vi) diligently keep adequate records respecting all Intellectual Property Collateral.
SECTION 6.3.      After-Acquired Property . If any Pledgor shall at any time after the date hereof (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, or if any intent-to use trademark application is no longer subject to clause (d) of the


        

-28-

definition of Excluded Property, the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in the preceding clause (i) or (ii) shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral as if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement without further action by any party. Each Pledgor shall promptly (and in any event within 30 days) provide to the Collateral Agent written notice of any of the foregoing and confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) above by execution of an instrument in form reasonably necessary to grant such a security interest to the Collateral Agent and the filing of any instruments or statements as shall be reasonably necessary to create, preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral. Further, each Pledgor agrees to modify this Agreement by amending Schedules 11(a) and 11(b) to the Perfection Certificate to include any Intellectual Property Collateral of such Pledgor acquired or arising after the date hereof.
SECTION 6.4.      Litigation . Unless there shall occur and be continuing any Event of Default, each Pledgor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as the party in interest, for its own benefit and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and suits, proceedings or other actions to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value or other damage as are necessary to protect the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Secured Obligations) shall have the right but shall in no way be obligated to file applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and/or bring suit in the name of any Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral and any license thereunder. In the event of such suit, each Pledgor shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents requested by the Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement and the Pledgors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent for all costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent in the exercise of its rights under this Section 6.4 in accordance with Section 7.7 of the Indenture. In the event that the Collateral Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral, each Pledgor agrees, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Intellectual Property Collateral by any person.
ARTICLE VII
TRANSFERS
SECTION 7.1.      Transfers of Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property . No Pledgor shall sell, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property pledged by it hereunder except as expressly permitted by the Indenture.


        

-29-

ARTICLE VIII
REMEDIES
SECTION 8.1.      Remedies . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Burger King Rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent (or, as applicable, its designee or nominee) may, but shall not be obligated to, from time to time exercise in respect of the Pledged Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, the following remedies:
(i)      Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, from any Pledgor or any other person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Pledgor’s premises where any of the Pledged Collateral is located, remove such Pledged Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Pledged Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Pledgor;
(ii)      Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Pledged Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Pledged Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Collateral Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided , however , that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Pledgor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Pledgor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall promptly (but in no event later than three (3) Business Days after receipt thereof) pay such amounts to the Collateral Agent;
(iii)      Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Pledgor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;
(iv)      Take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Pledgor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral Agent at any place or places so designated by the Collateral Agent, in which event such Pledgor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Collateral Agent and therewith delivered to the Collateral Agent, (B) store and keep any Pledged Collateral so delivered to the Collateral Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral Agent and (C) while the Pledged Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Pledgor’s obligation to deliver the Pledged Collateral as


        

-30-

contemplated in this Section 8.1(iv) is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Pledgor of such obligation;
(v)      Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Pledgor constituting Pledged Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article IX hereof;
(vi)      Retain and apply the Distributions to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article IX hereof;
(vii)      Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Pledged Collateral, including perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Pledged Collateral; and
(viii)      Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC, and the Collateral Agent may also in its sole discretion, without notice except as specified in Section 8.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery. The Collateral Agent (or its nominee or designee) or any other Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations owed to such person as a credit on account of the purchase price of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof payable by such person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Pledged Collateral to more than one offeree.


        

-31-

SECTION 8.2.      Notice of Sale . Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof shall be required by law, ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Pledgor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.
SECTION 8.3.      Waiver of Notice and Claims . Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Collateral Agent’s taking possession or the Collateral Agent’s disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, including any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Pledgor would otherwise have under law, and each Pledgor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article VIII in the absence of a judicial determination of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Pledged Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Pledgor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Pledgor and against any and all persons claiming or attempting to claim the Pledged Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Pledgor.
SECTION 8.4.      Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral .
(a)      Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable law, the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.
(b)      Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for


        

-32-

investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.
(c)      If the Collateral Agent determines (acting at the direction of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Secured Obligations) to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Pledgor shall determine and inform the Collateral Agent of the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Collateral Agent as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.
(d)      Each Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 8.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 8.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Pledgor, and such Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
SECTION 8.5.      No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .
(a)      No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Collateral Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall the Collateral Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. All rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law or otherwise available.
(b)      In the event that the Collateral Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement or any other Security Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case, the Pledgors, the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all rights, remedies, privileges and powers of the


        

-33-

Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.
SECTION 8.6.      Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the written demand of the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Secured Obligations), each Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and Goodwill and such other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent and purposes hereof; provided that such assignments shall cease to be valid and shall become void at such time as all Events of Default have been cured or waived in accordance with the Indenture. Within 30 Business Days of written notice thereafter from the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Secured Obligations), each Pledgor shall make available to the Collateral Agent, to the extent within such Pledgor’s power and authority, such personnel in such Pledgor’s employ on the date of the Event of Default as shall be necessary to permit such Pledgor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Pledgor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights, and such persons shall be available to perform their prior functions on the Collateral Agent’s behalf.
SECTION 8.7.      [Reserved]
SECTION 8.8.      Actions of Collateral Agent
Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Burger King Rights, after the incurrence of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (other than the issuance of Additional Notes), the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Secured Obligations (other than holders of Hedging Obligations) will have the right to direct the Collateral Agent, following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default under the Indenture or the occurrence and continuation of an event of default under any agreement or instrument representing such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, to foreclose on, or exercise its other rights with respect to, the Pledged Collateral (or exercise other remedies with respect to the Pledged Collateral). Any action taken or not taken without the vote of any holder of Secured Obligations will nevertheless be binding on such holder.
Except as provided in the succeeding sentence, in the case of the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default under the Indenture, or the occurrence and continuation of an event of default under any agreement or instrument representing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations where such remedies arise, the Collateral Agent will only be permitted, subject to applicable law, to exercise remedies and sell Pledged Collateral at the direction of the applicable holders of Secured Obligations as set forth above. If the Collateral Agent has asked the holders of Secured Obligations for instruction and the applicable holders have not yet responded to such request, the Collateral Agent will be authorized to take, but will not be required to take, and will in no event have any liability for taking, any delay in taking or the failure to take, such actions with regard to a default or event which the Collateral Agent, in good faith, believes to be reasonably required to promote and protect the interests of the holders of the Secured Obligations


        

-34-

and to preserve the value of the Pledged Collateral; provided that once instructions from the applicable holders of the Secured Obligations have been received by the Collateral Agent, together with indemnity and security satisfactory to the Collateral Agent if requested by the Collateral Agent, the actions of the Collateral Agent will be governed thereby and the Collateral Agent will not take any further action which would be contrary thereto.
ARTICLE IX

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
SECTION 9.1.      Application of Proceeds . (a) The proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property pursuant to the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, as follows:
(i)     first , to amounts owing to the holders of the First Lien Obligations until the Payment in Full of First Lien Priority Debt (as such terms are defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);
(ii)     second , to amounts owing to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and to amounts owing to the Trustee in its capacity as such in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
(iii)     third, to amounts owing to any Additional Pari Passu Agent in its capacity as such in accordance with the terms of such Additional Pari Passu Agreement;
(iv)     fourth , ratably to amounts owing to the holders of Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and Additional Pari Passu Agreements; and
(v)     fifth , to the Issuer.
(b)    In making the determination and allocations required by this Section 9.1, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied by the applicable Additional Pari Passu Agent as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information.
(c)    If, despite the provisions of this Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Secured Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or other recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties hereunder for distribution in accordance with this Section 9.1.


        

-35-

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations that (i) such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations is unenforceable under applicable law or are subordinated to any other obligations (other than the Notes or another series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations), (ii) such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations does not have an enforceable security interest in any of the Pledged Collateral and/or (iii) any intervening security interest exists securing any other obligations (other than the Notes or other series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) on a basis ranking prior to the security interest of such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations but junior to the security interest of the Notes or other series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (any such condition referred to in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) with respect to any series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, an “ Impairment ” of such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations), the results of such Impairment shall be borne solely by the holders of such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and the rights of the holders of such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including, without limitation, the right to receive distributions in respect of such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) set forth herein shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the effects of such Impairment are borne solely by the holders of such series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations subject to such Impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Pledged Collateral for which a third party (other than a holder of the Notes or series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) has a lien or security interest that is junior in priority to the security interest of the holders of the Notes or any series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations but senior (as determined by appropriate legal proceedings in the case of any dispute) to the security interest of the holder of any other series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (such third party, an “ Intervening Creditor ”), the value of any Pledged Collateral or proceeds which are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted on a ratable basis (in the event of a dispute, in accordance with a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction) solely from the Pledged Collateral or proceeds to be distributed in respect of the series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations with respect to which such Impairment exists.
ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 10.1.      Concerning Collateral Agent and the other Security Documents .
(a)      The Collateral Agent has been appointed as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture. The actions of the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Indenture. The Collateral Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including the release or substitution of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property), in accordance with this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Security Documents. The Collateral Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not


        

-36-

be liable for the negligence of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. The Collateral Agent may resign in the manner provided in the Indenture. A successor Collateral Agent may be appointed in the manner provided in the Indenture. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Collateral Agent by a successor Collateral Agent and the payment of the outstanding fees and expenses of the resigning or removed Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Security Documents, and the retiring Collateral Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Security Documents. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement while it was the Collateral Agent.
(b)      The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property in its possession if such Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Collateral Agent, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Collateral Agent nor any of the Secured Parties shall have responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any person with respect to any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property. The Collateral Agent will not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Pledged Collateral by reason of the act or omission of the First Lien Agent or any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith.
(c)      The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to this Agreement and the other Security Documents and its duties hereunder and thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.
(d)      If any item of Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property also constitutes collateral granted to the Collateral Agent under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral, the Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion, shall select which provision or provisions shall control.
(e)      Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) each Pledgor shall remain liable under this Agreement and under each of the underlying contracts to which such Pledgor a party described herein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (ii) the exercise by


        

-37-

the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties of any of their rights, remedies or powers hereunder shall not release any Pledgor from any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or such underlying contracts described herein and (iii) neither the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall have any obligation or liability under such underlying contracts by reason of or arising out of this Agreement, nor shall the Noteholders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any of the Pledgors hereunder or any of the contracts described herein.
(f)      The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment. Nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Pledgors to the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property, for insuring the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property.
(g)      In the event that the Collateral Agent is required to acquire title to an asset for any reason, or take any managerial action of any kind in regard thereto, in order to carry out any duty for the benefit of another, which in the Collateral Agent’s sole discretion may cause it to be considered an “owner or operator” under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq., or otherwise cause it to incur liability under CERCLA or any other federal, state or local law, the Collateral Agent reserves the right, instead of taking such action, to either resign as or arrange for the transfer of the title or control of the asset to a court-appointed receiver. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable to any person for any environmental claims or contribution actions under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation by reason of the Collateral Agent’s actions and conduct as authorized, empowered and directed hereunder or relating to the discharge, release or threatened release of hazardous materials into the environment. If at any time it is necessary or advisable for any real property to be possessed, owned, operated or managed by any person (including the Collateral Agent), the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Secured Obligations shall direct the Collateral Agent to appoint an appropriately qualified person (excluding the Collateral Agent) who such holders shall designate to possess, own, operate or manage, as the case may be, such real property.
(h)      The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for (i) perfecting, maintaining, monitoring, preserving or protecting the security interest or lien granted under this Agreement, any other Security Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) the filing, re-filing, recording, re-recording or continuing or any


        

-38-

document, financing statement, mortgage, assignment, notice, instrument of further assurance or other instrument in any public office at any time or times or (iii) providing, maintaining, monitoring or preserving insurance on or the payment of taxes with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral. The actions described in items (i) through (iii) shall be the sole responsibility of the Pledgors.
(i)      In acting under and by virtue of this Agreement and the other Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall have all of the rights, protections and immunities granted to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee under the Indenture (including but not limited to the right to be indemnified under Section 7.07), and all such rights, protections and immunities are incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis .
(j)      Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and for the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to act outside of the United States in respect of any collateral located in another jurisdiction other than the United States.
SECTION 10.2.      Collateral Agent May Perform; Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . If any Pledgor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Agreement (including such Pledgor’s covenants to (i) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies hereunder, (ii) pay and discharge any taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of law against, all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property, (iii) make repairs, (iv) discharge Liens or (v) pay or perform any obligations of such Pledgor under any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or if any representation or warranty on the part of any Pledgor contained herein shall be breached, the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided , however , that the Collateral Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, Lien, imposition or other obligation which such Pledgor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby and which such Pledgor does not contest in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Any and all amounts so expended by the Collateral Agent shall be paid by the Pledgors in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.7 of the Indenture. Neither the provisions of this Section 10.2 nor any action taken by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Agreement nor any breach of representation or warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Pledgor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor, or otherwise, from time to time in the Collateral Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Indenture, this Agreement and the other Security Documents which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof (but the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to and shall have no liability to such Pledgor or any third party for failure to so do or take action). The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be


        

-39-

irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Pledgor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
SECTION 10.3.      Continuing Security Interest; Assignment . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon the Pledgors, their respective successors and assigns and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No other persons (including any other creditor of any Pledgor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Agreement to any other person, and such other person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party, herein or otherwise, subject however, to the provisions of the Indenture. Each of the Pledgors agrees that its obligations hereunder and the security interest created hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as applicable, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of all or any part of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Pledgor or otherwise.
SECTION 10.4.      Termination; Release . When all the Secured Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent liabilities not then due and payable), this Agreement shall terminate. Upon termination of this Agreement the Pledged Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Agreement. Upon such release or any release of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, assign, transfer and deliver to Pledgor, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent, such of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Collateral Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Pledged Collateral, proper documents and instruments acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Pledged Collateral, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
The Liens securing the Secured Obligations securing the Notes will be released, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 10.3 of the Indenture.
The Liens securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations of any series will be released, in whole or in part, as provided in Additional Pari Passu Agreement governing such obligations. The Issuer shall provide the Collateral Agent with an Officers’ Certificate certifying that all conditions to the release of the Liens securing the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations as set forth in the Additional Pari Passu Agreements have been satisfied.
SECTION 10.5.      Modification in Writing . No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Pledgor therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto and unless the same shall be approved by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu


        

-40-

Obligations, the Pledgors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (other than any release of all or substantially all of the Collateral, which shall be made  in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and each Additional Pari Passu Agreement).  In connection with any amendment or modification contemplated by this Section 10.5, each series of Secured Obligations will cast its votes in accordance with the documents governing such series of Secured Obligations and the amount of Secured Obligations to be voted by a series of Secured Obligations will equal the aggregate principal amount of Secured Obligations held by such series of Secured Obligations.  Following and in accordance with the outcome of the applicable vote under its documents, the representative of each series of Secured Obligations will cast all of its votes under that series of Secured Obligations as a block in respect of any vote under this Agreement.  The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on the information with respect to the amount of the relevant Secured Obligations and the outcome of the applicable vote delivered to it by the Trustee or any Additional Pari Passu Agent with respect to the applicable Secured Obligations. In connection with any amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver, the Issuer shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent to the execution of such agreement have been satisfied.
The Collateral Agent shall receive an Opinion and Officers' Certificate stating that such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by the Indenture, this Security Agreement and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, and that all conditions precedent to the execution of such have been satisfied. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Pledgor from the terms of any provision hereof in each case shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations including any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, no notice to or demand on any Pledgor in any case shall entitle any Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
SECTION 10.6.      Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Indenture, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Indenture, as to any Pledgor, addressed to it at the address of the Issuer set forth in the Indenture, as to the Collateral Agent, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Indenture, as to any Additional Pari Passu Agent, addressed to is at the address set forth in the applicable Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 10.6 . In addition to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the benefits accorded to the Trustee in Section 12.1 of the Indenture.
SECTION 10.7.      Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . Section 12.7 of the Indenture is incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis , as if a part hereof.
SECTION 10.8.      Severability of Provisions . Any provision hereof which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to


        

-41-

the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.9.      Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of any executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 10.10.      Business Days . In the event any time period or any date provided in this Agreement ends or falls on a day other than a Business Day, then such time period shall be deemed to end and such date shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day, and performance herein may be made on such Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such other day.
SECTION 10.11.      No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition . No Pledgor shall be entitled to any credit against the principal, premium, if any, or interest payable under the Indenture, and no Pledgor shall be entitled to any credit against any other sums which may become payable under the terms thereof or hereof, by reason of the payment of any Taxes on the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any part thereof.
SECTION 10.12.      No Claims Against Collateral Agent . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute any consent or request by the Collateral Agent, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, nor as giving any Pledgor any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against the Collateral Agent in respect thereof or any claim that any Lien based on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the Lien hereof.
SECTION 10.13.      No Release . Nothing set forth in this Agreement or any other Security Document, nor the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of the rights or remedies hereunder, shall relieve any Pledgor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or from any liability to any person under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for any act or omission on the part of such Pledgor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Pledgor contained in this Agreement, the Indenture, the other Security Documents and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, or under or in respect of the Pledged Collateral or


        

-42-

Mortgaged Property or made in connection herewith or therewith. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Pledged Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Pledgor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any such contract, agreement or other document included in the Pledged Collateral hereunder. The obligations of each Pledgor contained in this Section 10.13 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Pledgor’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture, the other Security Documents and any Additional Pari Passu Agreement.
SECTION 10.14.      Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations . On or after the Issue Date, the Issuer may from time to time designate additional obligations as Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations by delivering to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and each Additional Pari Passu Agent (a) a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Issuer (i) identifying the obligations so designated and the aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, stating that such obligations are designated as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” for purposes hereof, (ii) representing that such designation complies with the terms of the Indenture and each then extant Additional Pari Passu Agreement, (iii) specifying the name and address of the Additional Pari Passu Agent for such obligations (if other than the Trustee) and (iv) stating that the Pledgors have complied with their obligations under Section 3.4; (b) except in the case of Additional Notes, a fully executed Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement (in the form attached as Exhibit 6 hereto), (c) an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the designation of such obligations as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” does not violate the terms of the Indenture and each then extant Additional Pari Passu Agreement (upon which the Collateral Agent may conclusively and exclusively rely) and (d) evidence that the Additional Pari Passu Agent for the applicable series of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations has entered into a customary agency agreement.
Notwithstanding the delivery of the Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement set forth above, the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to act as Collateral Agent for any New Secured Parties (as such term is defined in Exhibit 6 hereto) whatsoever or to execute any document whatsoever (including any agency agreement) if in the sole judgment of the Collateral Agent doing so would impose, purport to impose or might reasonably be expected to impose upon the Collateral Agent any obligation or liability for which the Collateral Agent is not in its sole discretion fully protected. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be subject to any document that it has not executed. The Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement shall not be effective until it has been accepted in writing by the Collateral Agent.
SECTION 10.15.      Obligations Absolute . All obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:
(i)      any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any other Pledgor;


        

-43-

(ii)      any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture, any Security Document or any Additional Pari Passu Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;
(iii)      any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture, any Additional Pari Passu Agreement or any Security Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;
(iv)      any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;
(v)      any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Indenture, any Additional Pari Passu Agreement or any Security Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 hereof; or
(vi)      any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Pledgor.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]



        

S- 1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.,
as Pledgor
By:
/s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer
CARROLS CORPORATION,
as Guarantor and Pledgor
By:
/s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer

CARROLS LLC,
as Guarantor and Pledgor
By:
/s/ Paul R. Flanders    
Name: Paul R. Flanders
Title: VP, CFO & Treasurer




        

S-2

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
By:
/s/ Lawrence M. Kusch    
Name: Lawrence M. Kusch
Title Vice President


        



EXHIBIT 1
[Form of]

ISSUER’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The undersigned hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of (a) that certain First Lien Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ First Lien Security Agreement ”), dated as of May 30, 2012, as amended by the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, made by Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and (b) that certain Second Lien Security Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Security Agreement ”; and together with the First Lien Security Agreement, the “ Security Agreements ”), dated as of April 29, 2015, made by the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as second lien collateral agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Second Lien Collateral Agent ”; and together with the Administrative Agent, the “ Agents ”; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreements), (ii) agrees promptly to note on its books the security interests granted to the Agents and confirmed under the Security Agreements, (iii) agrees that it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent or, following the receipt by it of a Notice of Termination of First Lien Obligations in the form of Annex A hereto from the Administrative Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent, with respect to the applicable Securities Collateral (including all Equity Interests of the undersigned) without further consent by the applicable Pledgor, (iv) agrees to notify the Agents, in writing, upon obtaining knowledge of any interest in favor of any person in the applicable Securities Collateral that is adverse to the interest of the Agents therein and (v) waives any right or requirement at any time hereafter to receive a copy of the Security Agreements in connection with the (a) registration of any Securities Collateral thereunder in the name of the Administrative Agent or, following the receipt by it of a Notice of Termination of First Lien Obligations in the form of Annex A hereto, the Second Lien Collateral Agent, or their respective nominees or (b) the exercise of voting rights by the Administrative Agent or, following the receipt by it of a Notice of Termination of First Lien Obligations in the form of Annex A hereto, the Second Lien Collateral Agent, or their respective nominees.


        



Dated:

[                                                          ]
By:
        
Name:
Title:


        



ANNEX A


[Name of Issuer] (the “Issuer”)
[Address]


[ ]

Re: Notice of Termination of First Lien Obligations

Ladies and Gentlemen:
You are hereby notified that the First Lien Security Agreement has been terminated. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Issuer’s Acknowledgement, dated as of [ ], 20[ ], by the Issuer issued pursuant to (a) that certain Security Agreement dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended by the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ First Lien Security Agreement ”), among CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent, and (b) that certain Second Lien Security Agreement dated as of April 29, 2015, among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as second lien collateral agent.
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
By: __________________________
Name:
Title:




        



EXHIBIT 2
[Form of]

SECURITIES PLEDGE AMENDMENT
This Securities Pledge Amendment, dated as of [                    ], 20[ ], is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Second Lien Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Security Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Second Lien Security Agreement), dated as of April 29, 2015, made by CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as collateral agent. The undersigned hereby agrees that this Securities Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Second Lien Security Agreement and that the Pledged Securities and/or Intercompany Notes listed on this Securities Pledge Amendment shall be deemed to be and shall become part of the Pledged Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.
PLEDGED SECURITIES
ISSUER
 
CLASS
OF STOCK
OR INTERESTS
 
PAR VALUE
 
CERTIFICATE
NO(S).
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
OR
INTERESTS
 
PERCENTAGE OF
ALL ISSUED CAPITAL
OR OTHER EQUITY INTERESTS OF ISSUER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



        



INTERCOMPANY NOTES
ISSUER
 
PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
 
DATE OF
ISSUANCE
 
INTEREST
RATE
 
MATURITY
DATE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

[                                                                        ],
as Pledgor
By:
        
Name:
Title:
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
By:
        
Name:
Title:



        



EXHIBIT 3
[Form of]
Copyright Security Agreement
Copyright Security Agreement , dated as of [    ], 20[ ] by [__________] and [___________] (individually, a “Pledgor”, and, collectively, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Pledgors are party to a Second Lien Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:
SECTION 1.     Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Second Lien Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Second Lien Security Agreement.
SECTION 2.     Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:
(a)    Copyrights of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and
(b)    all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).
SECTION 3.     Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Second Lien Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the


        



security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Second Lien Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Second Lien Security Agreement, the provisions of the Second Lien Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4.     Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Second Lien Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form (and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5.     Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
SECTION 6.     Governing Law . This Copyright Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Copyright Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of certain rights and remedies by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subordinated and subject to the provisions of that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 29, 2015 and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the initial First Lien Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as the initial Second Lien Collateral Agent thereunder. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
[signature page follows]


        



I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Pledgor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
Very truly yours,
[PLEDGORS] 1  
By:
        
Name:
Title:
Accepted and Agreed:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
By:
        
Name:
Title:




1 This document needs only to be executed by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor which owns a pledged Copyright.



        



SCHEDULE I
to

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS
Copyright Registrations:
OWNER
REGISTRATION NUMBER
TITLE
 
 
 

Copyright Applications:
OWNER
TITLE
 
 
 


        



EXHIBIT 4
[Form of]
Patent Security Agreement
Patent Security Agreement , dated as of [        ], 20[ ] by [________] and [_________] (individually, a “Pledgor”, and, collectively, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Pledgors are party to a Second Lien Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:
SECTION 1.     Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Second Lien Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Second Lien Security Agreement.
SECTION 2.     Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:
(a)    Patents of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and
(b)    all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).
SECTION 3.     Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Second Lien Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the


        



security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Second Lien Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Second Lien Security Agreement, the provisions of the Second Lien Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4.     Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Second Lien Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form (and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.
SECTION 5.     Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
SECTION 6.     Governing Law . This Patent Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Patent Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of certain rights and remedies by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subordinated and subject to the provisions of that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended by Amendment No.1, dated as of April 29, 2015 and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the initial First Lien Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as the initial Second Lien Collateral Agent thereunder. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
[signature page follows]


        



I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Pledgor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
Very truly yours,
[PLEDGORS]
By:
        
Name:
Title:
Accepted and Agreed:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
By:
        
Name:
Title:


        



SCHEDULE I
to
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS
Patent Registrations:
OWNER
REGISTRATION
NUMBER
NAME
 
 
 

Patent Applications:
OWNER
APPLICATION NUMBER
NAME
 
 
 





        



EXHIBIT 5
[Form of]
Trademark Security Agreement
Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of [        ], 20[ ] by [________] and [________] (individually, a “Pledgor”, and, collectively, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Pledgors are party to a Second Lien Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:
SECTION 1.     Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Second Lien Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Second Lien Security Agreement.
SECTION 2.     Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:
(a)    Trademarks of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto;
(b)    all Goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and
(c)    all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).
SECTION 3.     Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Second Lien Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Second Lien Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by


        



reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Second Lien Security Agreement, the provisions of the Second Lien Security Agreement shall control.
SECTION 4.     Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Second Lien Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form (and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.
SECTION 5.     Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
SECTION 6.     Governing Law . This Trademark Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Trademark Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of certain rights and remedies by the Collateral Agent hereunder are subordinated and subject to the provisions of that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 29, 2015 and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the initial First Lien Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as the initial Second Lien Collateral Agent thereunder. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
[signature page follows]


        



I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Pledgor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
Very truly yours,
[PLEDGORS]
By:
        
Name:
Title:
Accepted and Agreed:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
By:
        
Name:
Title:


        



SCHEDULE I
to
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS
Trademark Registrations:
OWNER
REGISTRATION NUMBER
TRADEMARK
 
 
 

Trademark Applications:

OWNER
APPLICATION NUMBER
TRADEMARK
 
 
 

 













        



EXHIBIT 6
[Form of]
ADDITIONAL PARI PASSU JOINDER AGREEMENT
The undersigned is the agent for Persons wishing to become “Secured Parties” (the “New Secured Parties”) under the Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015 (as amended and/or supplemented, the “Security Agreement” (terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such terms by the Security Agreement)) among CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., the other Pledgors party thereto and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”) and the other Security Documents.
In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:
(i)    represents that the Additional Pari Passu Agent has been authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the Security Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the “New Secured Obligations”) and to act as the Additional Pari Passu Agent for the New Secured Parties hereunder;
(ii)    acknowledges that the New Secured Parties have received a copy of the Security Agreement;
(iii)    irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and
(iv)    accepts and acknowledges the terms of Agreement applicable to it and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Additional Pari Passu Agent for the New Secured Parties with respect to the New Secured Obligations and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms of the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents applicable to holders of Secured Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if it had been a Secured Party on the effective date of the Security Agreement.
The name and address of the representative for purposes of Section 10.6 of the Security Agreement are as follows:
[name and address of Additional Pari Passu Agent]
Section 12.7 of the Indenture is incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis , as if a part hereof.


        




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the _____ day of _________, 20__.
[NAME]
By:
        
Name:    
Title:    
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

The Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges its acceptance of this Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement and agrees to act as Collateral Agent for the New Secured Parties, subject to the terms of the [agency agreement, dated as of ________________].
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent

By:  _____________________
Name:
Title:
 





        



EXHIBIT 7

[Form of]
JOINDER AGREEMENT
Reference is made to the Second Lien Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of April 29, 2015, made by CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).
This Joinder Agreement supplements the Security Agreement and is delivered by the undersigned, [                         ] (the “ New Pledgor ”), pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor hereby agrees to be bound as a Guarantor and as a Pledgor party to the Security Agreement by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Security Agreement on the date of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor also hereby agrees to be bound as a party by all of the terms, covenants and conditions applicable to it set forth in Article X of the Indenture to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Indenture on the execution date of the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Pledgor hereby grants and pledges to the Collateral Agent, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, a Lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral and expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor and Pledgor thereunder. The New Pledgor hereby makes each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Pledgors contained in the Security Agreement.
Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Perfection Certificate with respect to the New Pledgor.
This Joinder Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


        



Section 12.7 of the Indenture is incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis , as if a part hereof.


        



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Pledgor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.
[NEW PLEDGOR]
By:
        
Name:
Title:
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
 as Collateral Agent
By:
        
Name:
Title:
[Schedules to be attached]



        



EXHIBIT 8

[Form of]
PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
[to be attached]





-10-
        
Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version



SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND
FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of April 29, 2015, is by and among CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower party hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), the Lenders party hereto (the “ Lenders ”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , (i) the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 19, 2014 and as may be further amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) and (ii) the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Security Agreement dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Credit Parties have requested that the Lenders amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Lenders are willing to make such amendments to the Credit Agreement and to the Security Agreement, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the agreements hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

1.1      New Definitions . The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

Engagement Letter ” shall mean the letter agreement dated April 14, 2015, addressed to the Borrower from Wells Fargo and WFS, as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof)



by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal.

First Lien Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt on such date that is secured by a first priority Lien on any asset or property of any Credit Party to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four (4) consecutive quarters ending on such date.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Guarantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time such Swap Obligation is incurred or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Second Amendment ” shall mean that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Second Amendment Effective Date ” shall mean April 29, 2015.

Swap Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, an obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of § 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

1.2      Deleted Definitions . The definitions of Deposit Account Control Agreement, Fee Letter and Securities Account Control Agreement are hereby deleted from Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement in their entirety. All references to the term “Fee Letter” in the Credit Agreement are hereby amended to refer to the term “Engagement Letter”.

1.3      Amendment to Definition of Applicable Margin . The definition of Applicable Margin set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Applicable Margin ” shall mean the rate per annum set forth below opposite the applicable level then in effect (based on the Adjusted Leverage Ratio), it being understood that the Applicable Margin for (a) Revolving Loans that are Alternate Base Rate Loans shall be the percentage set forth under the column “Base Rate Margin”, (b) Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans shall be the percentage set forth under the column “LIBOR Margin & L/C Fee”, (c) the Letter of Credit Fee shall be the percentage set forth under the column “LIBOR Margin & L/C Fee”, and (d) the Commitment Fee shall be the percentage set forth under the column “Commitment Fee”:


2



Applicable Margin


Level

Adjusted Leverage Ratio
LIBOR Margin
& L/C Fee

Base Rate Margin

Commitment Fee

I
Greater than 6.00 to 1.00
3.75%
2.75%
0.50%
II
Greater than 5.50 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00
3.50%
2.50%
0.50%
III
Greater than 5.00 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00
3.25%
2.25%
0.375%
IV
Less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00
3.00%
2.00%
0.375%

The Applicable Margin shall, in each case, be determined and adjusted quarterly on the date five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Administrative Agent has received from the Borrower the quarterly financial information (in the case of the first three fiscal quarters of the Borrower’s fiscal year), the annual financial information (in the case of the Fourth Quarter) and the certifications required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.2(b) (each an “ Interest Determination Date ”). Such Applicable Margin shall be effective from such Interest Determination Date until the next such Interest Determination Date. If the Credit Parties shall fail to provide the financial information or certifications in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.1(b) and 5.2(b), the Applicable Margin shall, on the date five (5) Business Days after the date by which the Credit Parties were so required to provide such financial information or certifications to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, be based on Level I until such time as such information or certifications or corrected information or corrected certificates are provided, whereupon the Level shall be determined by the then current Adjusted Leverage Ratio. In the event that any financial statement or certification delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1 or 5.2 is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, the Borrower shall immediately (a) deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected compliance certificate for such Applicable Period, (b) determine the Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period based upon the corrected compliance certificate, and (c) immediately pay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders the accrued additional interest and other fees owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly distributed by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders entitled thereto. It is acknowledged and agreed that nothing contained herein shall limit the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Credit Documents, including their rights under Sections 2.8 and Article VII.

1.4     Amendment to Definition of Consolidated EBITDA . Clause (v) contained in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA set forth in Section 1.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(v) other non-cash charges (excluding reserves for future cash charges (other than occupancy-related costs accrued in connection with store closings)) of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries for such period (including, without limitation, non-cash expense related to stock option or other equity compensation plans or grants)

3




1.5     Amendment to Definition of Credit Party Obligations . The definition of Credit Party Obligations set forth in Section 1.1 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such definition:

In no event shall the Credit Party Obligations include any Excluded Swap Obligations.

1.6      Amendment to Definition of Default Rate . Clause (c) contained in the definition of Default Rate set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(c) when used with respect to any other fee or amount due hereunder, a rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin applicable to Alternate Base Rate Loans plus 2.00% per annum.

1.7      Amendment to Definition of Intercreditor Agreement . The definition of Intercreditor Agreement set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 30, 2012, as amended on the Second Amendment Effective Date by and among the Administrative Agent and BNY Mellon, in its capacity as trustee under the Second Lien Notes Indenture.

1.8      Amendment to Definition of LIBOR . The definition of LIBOR set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

LIBOR ” shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) for deposits of Dollars for a term coextensive with the designated Interest Period which the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any successor administrator of LIBOR rates) fixes as its LIBOR rate as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day which is two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period; provided , that, if such rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement. If for any reason such rate is not available, then “LIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum at which, as determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary practices, Dollars in an amount comparable to the Revolving Loans then requested are being offered to leading banks at approximately 11:00 A.M. London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of the applicable Interest Period for settlement in immediately available funds by leading banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the Interest Period selected; provided, that, if such rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

1.9     Amendment to Definition of Maturity Date . The definition of Maturity Date set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is the earlier of (i) five years following the Second Amendment Effective Date and (ii) the date that is six months prior to the maturity date of the Second Lien Notes; provided, however, in each case, if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.


4



1.10     Amendment to Definition of Obligations . The definition of Obligations set forth in Section 1.1 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such definition:

In no event shall the Obligations include any Excluded Swap Obligations.

1.11     Amendment to Definition of Other Designated Expenses . The definition of Other Designated Expenses set forth in Section 1.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Other Designated Expenses ” shall mean, for any period, (a) consolidated impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets,” or any successor pronouncements, (b) amortization associated with the excess of purchase price over the value allocated to tangible property or assets acquired by the Borrower or its consolidated Subsidiaries, (c) any non-recurring cash fees, charges or other expenses made or incurred in connection with the credit facilities under this Agreement, the Second Amendment and the Existing Credit Agreement and the issuance of the Second Lien Notes and (d) any non-recurring cash fees, charges or other expenses made or incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition .

1.12     Amendment to Definition of Permitted Acquisition . Clause (ii) contained in the definition of Permitted Acquisition set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(ii) the Credit Parties shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to the acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) the Credit Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 and (B) the Adjusted Leverage Ratio shall be 0.25 to 1.00 less than the then applicable level set forth in Section 5.9; provided, however, the requirement set forth in this clause (B) shall not apply to any acquisitions consummated at any time after the Adjusted Leverage Ratio covenant level set forth in Section 5.9(a) has been less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 for two consecutive fiscal quarters as evidenced by a certificate of an Authorized Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.2(b) and delivered concurrently with the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b);

1.13      Amendment to Definition of Second Lien Notes . The definition of Second Lien Notes set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Second Lien Notes ” means those certain notes (together with any Additional Notes (as defined in the Second Lien Notes Indenture)) issued under the Second Lien Note Indenture to the holders thereof from time to time.

1.14      Amendment to Definition of Second Lien Notes Indenture . The definition of Second Lien Notes Indenture set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Second Lien Notes Indenture ” shall mean that certain Note Indenture, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and BNY Mellon as trustee and as collateral agent.


5



1.15     Amendment to Definition of Security Documents . The definition of Security Documents set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Security Documents ” shall mean the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments and all other agreements, documents and instruments relating to, arising out of, or in any way connected with any of the foregoing documents or granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Liens or security interests to secure, inter alia, the Credit Party Obligations whether now or hereafter executed and/or filed, each as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, executed and delivered in connection with the granting, attachment and perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interests and liens arising thereunder, including, without limitation, UCC financing statements.

1.16     Amendment to Section 1.3 . Clause (c) of Section 1.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(c)     Financial Covenant Calculations . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of all calculations made in determining compliance for any applicable period with the covenants set forth in Section 5.9 and for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin, (i) after consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, (A) Consolidated EBITDAR shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), (B) Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), (C) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect thereto (including the effect of any related incurrence of Indebtedness) on a Pro Forma Basis and (D) Consolidated Rent Expense shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), (ii) after the consummation of any Permitted Construction Transaction, (A) Consolidated EBITDAR shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), (B) Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), (C) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect thereto (including the effect of any related incurrence of Indebtedness) on a Pro Forma Basis and (D) Consolidated Rent Expense shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) and (iii) after any Disposition permitted by Section 6.4(a)(vii) and (viii) in an amount in excess of $2,500,000, (A) Consolidated EBITDAR shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (to the extent the property or assets subject to such Disposition were owned during the applicable period of calculation) (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), (B) Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (to the extent the property or assets subject to such Disposition were owned during the applicable period of calculation) (subject to adjustments mutually and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), (C) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect thereto (including the effect of any related incurrence of Indebtedness) on a Pro Forma Basis and (D) Consolidated Rent Expense shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (subject to adjustments mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).


6



1.17     Amendment to Section 2.1(a) . The reference to “ TWENTY MILLION DOLLARS ($20,000,000) ” contained in Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read “ THIRTY MILLION DOLLARS ($30,000,000) . Correspondingly, the references to “ $20,000,000 ” appearing on the cover page and in the first whereas clause of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended to read “ $30,000,000 ”.

1.18      Amendment to Section 2.3(a) . The reference to “ FIFTEEN MILLION DOLLARS ($15,000,000) ” contained in Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read “ TWENTY MILLION DOLLARS ($20,000,000)” .

1.19      Amendment to Section 2.7(b) . The words “ after the Cash Collateral Release Date” appearing in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 2.7(b) of the Credit Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety.

1.20      Amendments to Section 2.22 . Subclause (xii) contained in clause (b) of Section 2.22 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(xii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) no Revolving Facility Increase shall be available prior to the delivery of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) for the Second Quarter 2015 and (2) no more than $5 million of Revolving Facility Increase shall be available from the period following delivery of the financial statements for Second Quarter 2015 and prior to the delivery of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015.

1.21      Amendments to Section 3.11 . Clause (b) contained in Section 3.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(b) to finance ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, capital expenditures (including for remodeling restaurants).

1.22      Amendments to Section 5.7 . The reference to “ $2,500,000 ” contained in Section 5.7(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read “ $5,000,000 ”. The reference to “ $5,000,000 ” contained in Section 5.7(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read “ $10,000,000 ”. The reference to “ $5,000,000 ” contained in Section 5.7(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read “ $10,000,000 ”.

1.23      Amendments to Section 5.9 . Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Section 5.9    Financial Covenants.

Beginning with the first fiscal quarter ending on the date immediately following the Second Amendment Effective Date and for each fiscal quarter thereafter, comply with the following financial covenants:

(a)     Adjusted Leverage Ratio . The Adjusted Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter occurring during the periods set forth below shall be less than or equal to the following:


7



Period
Ratio
Second Amendment Effective Date through and including the Fourth Quarter of 2015
7.00 to 1.00
First Quarter of 2016 through and including the Fourth Quarter of 2016
6.75 to 1.00
First Quarter of 2017 through and including the Fourth Quarter of 2017
6.50 to 1.00
First Quarter of 2018 and thereafter
6.00 to 1.00

(b)     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, shall be greater than or equal to (i) 1.25 to 1.00 from the Second Amendment Effective Date through and including the Fourth Quarter of 2015 and (ii) 1.30 to 1.00 from the First Quarter of 2016 and thereafter.

(c)     First Lien Leverage Ratio . The First Lien Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, shall be less than or equal to 0.75 to 1.00.

1.24      Amendments to Section 5.12 . Clause (b) contained in Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such clause:

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, no Credit Party will be required to perfect the Administrative Agent’s Lien on any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account pursuant to a control agreement.

1.25      Amendments to Section 5.12 . Clause (e) contained in Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

1.26      Amendments to Section 5.13 . Clause (e)(ii) contained in Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

1.27      Amendments to Section 6.1 . Clause (i) contained in Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(i) Indebtedness under the Second Lien Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200,000,000; and

1.28      Amendments to Section 6.5 . Clause (h) contained in Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(h) the construction or development of a new Restaurant; provided , however, that in each such case, at the time such Credit Party enters into a contract obligating a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries to commence construction or development of a new Restaurant which obligates any Credit Party to pay greater than $250,000 in the aggregate (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect to the construction or development of the new Restaurant, and (ii) after giving effect to the construction or development of such new Restaurant on a Pro Forma basis (A) the Credit Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 and (B) the Adjusted Leverage Ratio shall be 0.25 to 1.00 less than the then applicable

8



level set forth in Section 5.9; provided , however, the requirement set forth in this clause (B) shall not apply to any construction or development consummated at any time after the Adjusted Leverage Ratio covenant level set forth in Section 5.9(a) has been less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00 for two consecutive fiscal quarters as evidenced by a certificate of an Authorized Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.2(b) and delivered concurrently with the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) (each such construction or development of a new Restaurant permitted pursuant to this clause (h) shall be referred to in this Agreement as a “ Permitted Construction Transaction ”);

1.29      Amendment to Section 6.10(f) . Clause (f) contained in Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(f) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, redeem or repurchase the Second Lien Notes (other than pursuant clause (e) above); provided that after giving effect to such redemption or repurchase, (A) the Credit Parties’ shall have cash and Cash Equivalents together with Revolving Availability of not less than $5,000,000, (B) the Adjusted Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis shall be less than 6.00 to 1.00, (C) no Default or Event of Default shall have resulted therefrom and (D) no Revolving Loans may be used to make such redemption or repurchase.

1.30      Amendment to Section 6.14 . Section 6.14 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Section 1.31     Account Control Agreements; Additional Bank Accounts .

Set forth on Schedule 3.16(c) is a complete and accurate list of all checking, savings or other accounts (including securities accounts) of the Credit Parties at any bank or other financial institution, or any other account where money is or may be deposited or maintained with any Person as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

1.32      Amendment to Section 7.1 . Clauses (d), (g), (k) and (n) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(d)     Indebtedness Cross-Default . (i) Any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall default in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, the Guaranty, ASC 840-40 lease financing obligations and Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in order to manage existing or anticipated commodity price risks) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $10,000,000 for the Credit Parties and any of their Subsidiaries in the aggregate beyond any applicable grace period (not to exceed thirty (30) days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (ii) any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, the Guaranty, ASC 840-40 lease financing obligations and Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in order to manage existing or anticipated commodity price risks) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $10,000,000 in the aggregate for the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on

9



behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to be repurchased, prepaid, deferred or redeemed (automatically or otherwise); or (iii) any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall breach or default any Hedging Agreement that is a Bank Product; or

(e)     Judgment Default . (i) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by insurance) of $10,000,000 or more and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been paid and satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within the earlier of (A) thirty (30) days from the entry thereof or (B) the expiration of the period during which an appeal of such judgment or decree is permitted or (ii) any injunction, temporary restraining order or similar decree shall be issued against a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(f)     Invalidity of Credit Documents . Any Credit Document shall fail to be in full force and effect or to give the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders the security interests, liens, rights, powers, priority and privileges purported to be created thereby (except as such documents may be terminated or no longer in force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof, other than those indemnities and provisions which by their terms shall survive) or any Lien shall fail to be a first priority, perfected Lien on a material portion of the Collateral (but excluding deposit accounts, securities accounts and commodity accounts with respect to perfection); or

(g)     Uninsured Loss . Any uninsured damage to or loss, theft or destruction of any assets of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall occur that is in excess of $10,000,000 (excluding customary deductible thresholds established in accordance with historical past practices).

1.33      Amendment to Article X . Sections 10.10 and 10.11 are hereby added to Article X of the Credit Agreement to read as follows:

Section 1.34    Eligible Contract Participant.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document, no Guarantor shall be deemed under this Article X to be a guarantor of any Swap Obligations if such Guarantor was not an “eligible contract participant” as defined in § 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time the guarantee under this Article X becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation and to the extent that the providing of such guarantee by such Guarantor would violate the Commodity Exchange Act; provided however that in determining whether any Guarantor is an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act, the guarantee of the Credit Party Obligations of such Guarantor under this Article X by a Guarantor that is also a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be taken into account.

Section 1.35    Keepwell.

Without limiting anything in this Article X, each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time to each Guarantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act at the time the guarantee under this Article X becomes effective with respect to any Swap Obligation, to honor all of the Obligations of such Guarantor under this Article X in respect of such Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each

10



Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 10.11 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its undertaking under this Section 10.11, or otherwise under this Article X, voidable under applicable Law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The undertaking of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 10.11 shall remain in full force and effect until termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Loans and other Credit Party Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 10.11 constitute, and this Section 10.11 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each Guarantor that would otherwise not constitute an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act.

1.36      Amendment to Schedules and Exhibits . Those certain Schedules and Exhibits attached as Exhibit A to this Amendment shall replace the corresponding Schedules and Exhibits to the Credit Agreement. All other Schedules and Exhibits to the Credit Agreement shall not be modified or otherwise affected.

ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

2.1      Amendment to Section 3.3 . Section 3.3 of the Security Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 3.3     Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that, other than with respect to Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts, all financing statements, agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted by it to the Administrative Agent in respect of the Pledged Collateral have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in completed and, to the extent necessary, duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such Pledgor will maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Pledged Collateral as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens and file all UCC-3 continuation statements necessary to continue the perfection of the security interest created by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Credit Parties are not required to cause the Lien of the Administrative Agent on their Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts to be perfected pursuant to a control agreement.

2.2      Amendment to Section 3.4 . Clauses (b) and (c) contained in Section 3.4 of the Security Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

i. Deposit Accounts . As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Deposit Accounts other than the accounts listed in Schedule 13 to the Perfection Certificate. As of the date hereof, the Administrative Agent has a first priority security interest in each such Deposit Account. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Credit Party will be required to deliver control agreements to the Administrative Agent with respect to any Deposit Account.
ii. Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts . As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts other than those listed in Schedule 13 to the Perfection Certificate. As of the date hereof, the Administrative Agent has a first priority security

11



interest in each such Securities Account and Commodity Account. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Credit Party will be required to deliver control agreements to the Administrative Agent with respect to any Securities Account or any Commodity Account.
2.3      Amendment to Section 3.6 . The first sentence of Section 3.6 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Each Pledgor shall take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent such additional financing statements, amendments, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as is reasonably necessary in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in and lien on the Pledged Collateral and the Mortgaged Property as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in and lien on the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property or permit the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder and the other Security Documents with respect to any Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the UCC (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in such offices (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in and lien on the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property as provided herein and the other Security Documents and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder and the other Security Documents, as against third parties, with respect to the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property.

2.4      Amendment to Section 4.2 . The first sentence of Section 4.2 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 4.2     Validity of Security Interest . The security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all the Pledged Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and (b)other than with respect to Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts and subject to the filings and other actions described in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate (to the extent required to be listed on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate as of the date this representation is made or deemed made), a perfected security interest in all the Pledged Collateral. The security interest and Lien granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement in and on the Pledged Collateral will at all times (other than with respect to Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts solely with respect to perfection) constitute a perfected, continuing security interest therein, prior to all other Liens on the Pledged Collateral except for Permitted Liens.

2.5      Amendment to Section 4.11 . The first sentence of Section 4.11 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 4.11         No Impairment of the Security Interests . No Pledgor shall take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action, which action or omission might or would

12



have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) Permitted Liens and (ii) the entry by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries into Franchise Agreements that provide for the Burger King Rights shall not, in each case, be deemed to materially impair the security interest). Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, no Credit Party will be required to perfect the Administrative Agent’s Lien on any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account.

ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

3.1      Closing Conditions . This Amendment shall become effective as of the day and year set forth above (the “ Second Amendment Effective Date ”) upon satisfaction of the following conditions (in each case, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent):

(a)     Executed Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the Credit Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

(b)     Organizational Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of a secretary or assistant secretary of each Credit Party certifying that the articles of incorporation, bylaws and/or other organizational documents (or their equivalent), as applicable, of each Credit Party that were delivered on the Closing Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or the date on which any Credit Party was joined as a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as applicable, or certified updates as applicable, remain true and correct and in force and effect as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and (ii) resolutions, incumbency and good standing certificates (or their equivalent), as applicable, for the Credit Parties.

(c)     Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate or certificates executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower stating that (i) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist, (ii) all governmental and third party consents and all equity holder and board of directors (or comparable entity management body) authorizations for each Credit Party as are necessary for the execution and delivery of the Amendment shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect and (iii) the representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in the Credit Agreement and in the other Credit Documents and which are contained in any certificate furnished at any time under or in connection with this Amendment shall (x) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct and (y) with respect to representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date except for any representation or warranty made as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct as of such earlier date.

(d)     Legal Opinion . The Administrative Agent shall have received customary legal opinions of counsel for the Credit Parties (including an opinion of the general counsel of the Borrower) as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in each case dated the Second Amendment Effective Date, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and their permitted assigns) and in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(e)     Second Lien Notes . The Borrower shall have received gross proceeds from the issuance of the Second Lien Notes on the Second Amendment Effective Date of $200,000,000. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certified copy of the Second Lien Note Indenture and

13



other related documents (including, without limitation, the Intercreditor Agreement), each to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) evidence that all obligations under the existing second lien notes have been satisfied and discharged in full and all security interests related thereto have been terminated.

(f)     Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent will have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (i) copies of satisfactory audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the three fiscal years most recently ended for which financial statements are available and interim unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements for each quarterly period ended since the last audited financial statements for which financial statements are available and (ii) projections prepared by management of balance sheets, income statements and cashflow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding the Excluded Subsidiaries), which will be quarterly through the fourth quarter of 2015 and annually thereafter for the term of the Credit Agreement.

(g)     Financial Covenants . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (i) Consolidated EBITDA is not less than $42,400,000 and (ii) the Adjusted Leverage Ratio is not greater than 6.75 to 1.00, in each case, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (including adjustments reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) after giving effect to the transactions contemplated to occur on the Second Amendment Effective Date, for the twelve-month period ending as of March 31, 2015, such calculations to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h)     Fees and Expenses .

(i)    The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower, for the account of each Lender that executes and delivers this Amendment (each such Lender, a “ Consenting Lender ”, and collectively, the “ Consenting Lenders ”), an amendment fee in an amount equal to 25 basis points on the aggregate Revolving Commitments of such Consenting Lender (after giving effect to this Amendment); and

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower such other fees and expenses that are payable in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and King & Spalding LLP shall have received from the Borrower payment of all outstanding fees and expenses previously incurred and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment.

(i)     Miscellaneous . All other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS

4.1      Amended Terms . On and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, all references to the Credit Agreement in each of the Credit Documents shall hereafter mean the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Except as specifically amended hereby or otherwise agreed, the Credit Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect according to its terms.


14



4.2      Representations and Warranties of Credit Parties . Each of the Credit Parties represents and warrants as follows:

(a)    It has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment.

(b)    This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Person and constitutes such Person’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(c)    No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by such Person of this Amendment.

(d)    The representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date).

(e)    After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

(f)    The Security Documents continue to create a valid security interest in, and Lien upon, the Collateral, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, which security interests and Liens are perfected in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents and prior to all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(g)    The Credit Party Obligations are not reduced or modified by this Amendment and are not subject to any offsets, defenses or counterclaims.

4.3      Reaffirmation of Credit Party Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby ratifies the Credit Agreement and acknowledges and reaffirms (a) that it is bound by all terms of the Credit Documents applicable to it and (b) that it is responsible for the observance and full performance of its respective Credit Party Obligations.

4.4      Credit Document . This Amendment shall constitute a Credit Document under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

4.5      Expenses . The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment, including without limitation the reasonable fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent’s legal counsel.

4.6      Further Assurances . The Credit Parties agree to promptly take such action, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, as is necessary to carry out the intent of this Amendment.

4.7      Entirety . This Amendment and the other Credit Documents embody the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof.

15




4.8      Counterparts; Telecopy . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart to this Amendment by telecopy or other electronic means shall be effective as an original and shall constitute a representation that an original will be delivered.

4.9     No Actions, Claims, Etc . As of the date hereof, each of the Credit Parties hereby acknowledges and confirms that it has no knowledge of any actions, causes of action, claims, demands, damages and liabilities of whatever kind or nature, in law or in equity, against the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ respective officers, employees, representatives, agents, counsel or directors arising from any action by such Persons, or failure of such Persons to act under the Credit Agreement on or prior to the date hereof.

4.10     GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

4.11     Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

4.12     Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . The jurisdiction, service of process and waiver of jury trial provisions set forth in Sections 9.13 and 9.16 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, mutatis mutandis .


[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on the date first above written.

BORROWER :    CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation


By: /s/ William E. Myers    
Name: William E. Myers
Title: VP, Secretary & General Counsel


GUARANTORS :    CARROLS CORPORATION ,
a Delaware corporation


By: /s/ William E. Myers    
Name: William E. Myers
Title: VP, Secretary & General Counsel


CARROLS LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company


By: /s/ William E. Myers    
Name: William E. Myers
Title: VP, Secretary & General Counsel




16


CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND
FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT :
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as a Lender and as Administrative Agent


By: /s/ Stephen A. Leon                    
Name: Stephen A. Leon
Title: Managing Director



CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND
FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT


LENDERS :
Cooperative Centrale
Raiffeisenboerenleenbank B. A. "RABOBANK
NEDERLAND", NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender


By: /s/ Michael T. Harder    
Name: Michael T. Harder
Title: Executive Director


By: /s/ Van Brandenburg    
Name: Van Brandenburg
Title: Executive Director



Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Daniel T. Accordino, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 29, 2015 of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: May 6, 2015
 
/s/ Daniel T. Accordino
 
 
Daniel T. Accordino
Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Paul R. Flanders, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 29, 2015 of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: May 6, 2015
 
/s/ Paul R. Flanders
 
 
Paul R. Flanders
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned, Daniel T. Accordino, Chief Executive Officer of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 29, 2015 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Quarterly Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Quarterly Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
/s/ Daniel T. Accordino
Daniel T. Accordino
Chief Executive Officer
May 6, 2015


Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned, Paul R. Flanders, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 29, 2015 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Quarterly Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Quarterly Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
/s/ Paul R. Flanders
Paul R. Flanders
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
May 6, 2015